Times Or Seasons, Part 3

Times Or Seasons, Part 3

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

CONTINUED

LET US CONTINUE ON NOW, RIGHT WHERE WE STOPPED LAST ISSUE.

 

We were in Ezekiel 25:14. “And I will lay my vengeance upon Edom (Notice this.) by the hand of my people Israel: and they shall do in Edom according to my anger.” Saints, it is not what Bill Clinton says, nor what any of the world leaders of Europe or the United Nations say, it is what the word of God says that counts. When that hour of time comes, that God wants His temple built and the city of Jerusalem renovated, rebuilt, glorified, getting it ready for the Millennial reign of the Jewish Messiah, He is going to cause the nation of Israel to take such a giant sweep of the Islamic world that it will stagger the mind’s of the whole world. It is going to put a fear, even terror in the hearts of all those Arabs. It is God’s way of ripping out of them, that stubborn, cruel, Islamic, self righteous ego. That is how God is going to strip that religion out of them, so that when it is all over, they will recognize the fact that the hand of God is with the Jews, and not with Mohammad nor Islam. That is the purpose of this. When God does it, He will do a good job. He will not come down and sit at a diplomatic table negotiating any of it. He is going to come right down through Israel and will cause those soldiers and military leaders, as they are faced with certain situations and circumstances, to realize it is God who designed all of it, and that He sets the strategy. He has the time factor set; and also motivator. Since we are living in the days of modern technology and television is everywhere, there will be News mediums from all over the world walking in the front lines with those Jewish soldiers, riding in their tanks, riding in fighter planes, filming every bit of what the world will call, “THIS TERRIBLE TRAGEDY.” The world will say it is barbaric, but remember, This is now God’s business. I was reading an article the other day, that since they had this bomb that went off in Saudi Arabia, the writer of this article said Saudi Arabia is still pouting today over the fact that our troops in the Gulf War did not go on into Baghdad and bring an end to Saddam Hussein. It is a shame they went in there like that only to save one little nation, Kuwait, and leave the devil that started it all go untouched. He has been an uncooperative rascal throughout the whole period, simply because that is his nature. There is no doubt in my mind, that since that government has been allowed to exist as it has to this point in time, when God gets ready for Israel to make her move, He will let he go straight through to Baghdad and she will not stop until she reaches the Euphrates. The purpose behind this, is that God will cause this Islamic religion to dry up. God will strip Mohammad from their memory and cause them to see that God, Jehovah Elohim is the One they need to give their allegiance to. When we see the end results of this picture, we will see this is God’s way of turning these ancient cousins and half brothers back to the knowledge of the God that their forefathers believed in and served before this Islamic religion came along. With this in mind we can begin to see God has a day of vengeance and it is not that He wants Israel to fight some wars, but this is where Numbers 24 drops in place, and also the 137th Psalm, that one verse 7, “Lord remember Edom in the day of Jerusalem.” God is going to remember it. With that in mind we can now see that when the world reaches the time God says, I want my city rebuilt, nothing is going to prevent it. Who is it rebuilt for? For Jews to come home and live in. Three fourths of the ancient city is populated by Arabs of various sorts at the present time. Only one fourth of it is Jewish. The main thing is, Jerusalem is going to be a Jewish city. This is going to be a city inhabited by the lineage of David. When King David took this ancient Jebusite city, back in the ancient times, many of his relatives took up residence there. That is why it was referred to later as the household of David. That is why Jerusalem became known as the city of David, because it was occupied not only by Judah people of the tribe of Judah, but they were of the household of David, meaning his lineage. That is exactly why it says in Zechariah 12, “And Jerusalem shall again be inhabited according to her old estate.” Who will inhabit the city of Jerusalem? Jews. They are out there somewhere in the world of dispersion, just waiting the hour when the world has to sit back and realize God is not going to put up with this thing of the Palestinians insisting, even demanding that they have old Jerusalem as their capital. As long as that type of game goes on, prophecy can hang forever, but if the time has come that God is going to allow us to see these little prophecies fulfilled, I believe He is just letting this all mount up for a short period, so that He can set it all in motion. When we, as Gentile Christians, are allowed to see how the hand of God sweeps forth in a great military effort, we will have to say it is truly God, because His word tells us how it is going to be. That is why it says in Micah 7, that the enemies of Israel will come crawling out of their holes like worms. Let us read it, Micah 7:15-17. “According to the days of thy coming out of the land of Egypt will I shew unto him (the Jews) marvelous things. (16) The nations shall see and be confounded at all their might: they shall lay their hand upon their mouth, their ears shall be deaf. (17) They shall lick the dust like a serpent, they shall move out of their holes like worms of the earth: they shall be afraid of the Lord our God, and shall fear because of thee.” Just think about it, how you see all these nations, especially Europe today, and the United States, with all these high tech weapons that have a kill power potential that could literally wipe a nation off the face of this earth, yet there is a little nations living over there in a little spot of land that is not as big as the state of Delaware, that God will use in a way that will astonish every one of the super power nations. When the hour comes that God want to show forth His might, He is going to anoint those people for their task. He will cause one of their planes to be magnified as though there were fifty. Then He will cause the planes of the enemy to have a breakdown. That is why He said He would smite the horses with astonishment. They will be a frightened bunch of people. Everything in the military sense today that is mobile, we gauge its ability by horsepower. That lets us know He will magnify what Israel has, and will minimize what the enemy has. When God does that, one can put one thousand to flight, and two can put ten thousand to flight, just like the Bible says. To see the means by how God prepares the scene for the establishment and building of the temple and the rebuilding of the ancient city, you go to Isaiah 49. We can actually say, Now that the Israeli army has been used to conquer the Arabs of Islam. Notice we have Ezekiel 38 up there. It comes into the picture, but it comes into the picture after we see certain things begin to be placed in operation. Here is a prophecy in Isaiah 49. We find that the prophecy is how God speaks on behalf of the mountain, Mt. Zion, where Jerusalem is built.

 

GOD SPEAKS TO THE LAND ITSELF

God is speaking in behalf of a geographical spot in this beloved land. We pick up here in that 13th verse of Isaiah 49. “Sing O heavens; and be joyful, O earth; and break forth into singing, O mountains; for the Lord hath comforted His people, and will have mercy upon His afflicted. (The prophecy is God’s Spirit speaking in behalf of a geographical spot of ground. Then notice.) But Zion said, The Lord hath forsaken me, (Yes, after two thousand years of being dispersed, and other people coming in, the Jews were out of the picture.) and my Lord hath forgotten me. (The answer of God comes back,) Can a woman forget her suckling child, that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? yea, (yes) they may forget, yet will I not forget thee. (God still remembers Mt. Zion.) Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me. (No wonder Micah 7 said in the days when thy walls are to be built, again will I do so and so. Here, He promises,) Thy children shall make haste; (It means when the appointed time comes that Jerusalem is to be dealt with and is to be restored back into preeminence for Jews only to live there, then the people, the Jews that are going to take up habitation there, will make haste and quickly flee to the land.) thy destroyers (the Arabs) and they that made thee waste shall go forth of thee. (When they go forth, do not think it is going to take five years. No. This is something that will be accomplished in a few short days of time.) “Lift up thine eyes round about, and behold: all these gather themselves together, and come to thee. As I live, saith the Lord, thou shalt surely clothe thee with them all, (The Lord is promising to this Mt. Zion area, I am still going to clothe you with Jewish people.) As with an ornament, and bind them on thee, as a bride doeth. For the waste and thy desolate places, and the land of thy destruction, shall even now be too narrow (crowded) by reason of the inhabitants, (That is the Arabs.) and they that swallowed thee up shall be far away. (So we are looking at this, as God brings this city around to again be inhabited by Jews. Those immigrant Jews are going to come with such a rush that as they try to take up abode in their home land it is going to become so crowded, that at the same time Israel is getting rid of the Arabs, the Jews coming in mass numbers will have a hard time finding a place to dwell. It is going to be a quick thing.) The children which thou shalt have, after (That is what is just ahead.) thou hast lost the other, (in 69 A.D.) shall say again in thine ears, The place is too strait (too crowded) for me: give place to me that I may dwell. Then shalt thou say in thine heart, Who hath begotten me these, seeing I have lost my children, and am desolate, a captive, (This is a picture of Jerusalem, the ancient city, as she has existed through the many centuries of desolation and Gentile nations have lorded over them. Here they come, another war, another conflict, an earthquake now and then. Backwards and forwards, up and down, Jerusalem has constantly been like a hot potato, tossed by every kind of situation.) and removing to and fro? And who hath brought up these? Behold, I was left alone; these, where had they been?” How a city can talk, and cry for its inhabitants. It only recognized Jews. It never did recognize those Arabs as its inhabitants, because of what they were. The Arabs have never done anything for the benefit of the land. Jerusalem is the city of the Lord, and it is the place where God purposed to put His name. Remember that, and go to Haggai 2, when the Jews in 500 and something were brought back to build the temple. Back then, they did not have much money, so they could only build a very small temple. Then the day came they were to dedicate it. As they were in the process of formally dedicating it, some of the old Jews that had been carried away years before as little children could still remember Solomon’s beautiful temple. They also saw it demolished. They were standing there looking at that little place, and no doubt they had tears streaming down their face, saying in their heart, This is a shame: It should be much larger, but we have not the means to build it any larger. Then God caused Haggai the prophet to speak to them and say these words, The gold and silver is mine. Do not worry about it. When the time comes I will give you the means. The glory of this latter house shall be greater than the former and in this place will I give you peace. Only when Jerusalem hears the tromp, tromp, tromp, the footsteps and pitter patter of little Jewish children’s feet running and playing in the streets, will Jerusalem, as a place for Jews to inhabit, breathe a sigh of relief and be filled with the joy and excitement of a place literally fulfilling the plan of God. Only then will the world have peace, because that is the way the Lord has ordained it. When the prophet said, The gold and silver is mine, this is exactly why we have to understand God uses this means of warfare to execute vengeance against people in ancient times who have wronged his people, but He has done it in a way just ahead of us, so that when it is fulfilled, He becomes recognized. That brings an end to all of this Islamic thing. It literally purges the Middle East. It creates the opportunity for the Arab world, all the way from Egypt, through Syria where ancient Islam first established its roots, to turn to the Lord. These people will be literally turned to the Lord. Finish reading the 19th chapter of Isaiah. It tells you that on the border there will be a memorial, but in the land of Egypt there will be an altar. All of this is to show how Egypt, in that day, once this is accomplished, wants to serve the same God Israel serves. Jerusalem is definitely going to be freed from its oppressors and those that have actually made it look like a shambles. It cannot be the capital city of the world with that kind of image, so God just fixes it. We will go now to Isaiah 60. When the hour comes that Jerusalem has been freed, and the Jews are in the process of starting the rehabilitation, we see something else going on. Here is where we see the reason for destroying this Islamic religion. It says here in Isaiah 60, verse 1, “Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. (It is talking about the whole nation.) For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, (what a darkness there is covering the earth today, it is a spiritual darkness.) and gross darkness the people: (That is ignorance, tradition.) but the Lord shall arise upon thee, (Israel) and His glory shall be seen upon thee. (Israel) And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising. (As God begins to lift her up) Lift up thine eyes round about, and see: all they gather themselves together, they come to thee: thy sons shall come from far, and thy daughters shall be nursed at thy side. Then thou shalt see, and flow together, (talking about the Jewish society) and thine heart shall fear, and be enlarged; because the abundance of the sea shall be converted unto thee, (This is not talking about spiritual conversion, it literally means earthly materials and substance that nations have in their possession, suddenly there is a reason that God reaches out to a nation and touches its political leadership and says, I want some of that. Do not think He is not going to get it) the forces of the Gentiles shall come unto thee. (Watch, I want to ask a serious question. You all know that Saudi Arabia today, is under that Islam religion: Is that not right? Let me ask you this, Suppose someone would go to their capital today and say to the king, Would you donate half a million dollars toward the rebuilding of the Jewish temple, and their city? How many are aware of what kind of answer you would get? You would probably be cursed for even suggesting such a thing. Who do you think we are? No indeed, we will not contribute to any such thing! Well how come this scripture says this then? Let us read it.) The multitude of camels shall cover thee, (This is Mt. Zion) the dromedaries (camel caravans) of Midian (This is where Mohammad came from.) and Ephah, all they from Sheba shall come: they shall bring gold and incense; (For what reason?) and they shall show forth the praises of the Lord. (Jehovah, Elohim of Israel. But how can they do that when they are locked up under this present Islamic spirit? That is not the picture for right now. This other picture is after God causes Israel to knock the breath out of it Islam. That is why it says He will be terrible unto the gods and famish them. Literally, He just creates a condition for that religion to starve to death. IN other words, what He does will cause the people that embrace this Islamic faith, whose mind’s are controlled by it, to see the reality that there is another God far greater than Allah. This is coupled with fear, and the fact that God will demand respect. When you see that begin to take place and build and grow in the heart of people, it cannot help but render the result that this belief is starved to death. That is why He said He will famish all the other gods. We will see it is not only the Islam, it is also going to affect other beliefs throughout the entire Gentile world, because it is God’s way of reaching out into various nations and getting certain strategic materials that He wants to have used in His temple when it is being rebuilt. Let us go on to verse 7. We are talking about a particular tribe that are descendants of one of Ishmael’s sons.) All the flocks of Kedar shall be gathered together unto thee, (Mt. Zion, and the Jewish cause.) the rams of Nebaioth (That is another of the sons of Ishmael.) shall minister unto thee: they shall come up with acceptance on mine altar, and I will glorify the house of my glory. (That is His temple. The reason you see livestock mentioned there, is because right now there is no animal breeding program going on in Israel to produce the type of animals that the old Levitical law will allow to be offered on the altar. However God caused the prophet to look down through the scope of time and see among this Arab people, in this land that right now is under Islam, that when God has stripped that spirit out of them and their faith is turned toward Him, (Jehovah) these people are going to be willing to contribute livestock for sacrificial purposes. That is why God says He will accept it.) Who are these that fly as a cloud, and as the doves to their windows? (It sounds mystical, but when Jerusalem is being rebuilt, the city is to be inhabited by Jews, and now that the city is getting a face lift, wherever all those Jews are, still scattered out there, you are going to see giant 747’s, DC10’s and such like sitting on runways in various nations, waiting to be used for a purpose of God. IT will be just like when they brought the tribe of Dan home about four or five years ago, out of Ethiopia, and those 747’s were used. They took all the seats out of them to make more room for people. When they landed in Ethiopia, Jews were put in there by the hundreds, sitting on the floor. I read the article about it. Some young women were pregnant with children, ready to give birth. On one flight there were two babies born in mid air. That is why you read, Who are these that fly? That is a modern airplane bring Jews home.) Surely the isles shall wait for me, and the ships of Tarshish first, to bring thy sons from far, their silver and their gold with them, unto the name of the Lord thy God, and to the Holy One of Israel, because He hath glorified thee. (I like this.) And the sons of strangers shall build up thy walls.” I read in the Jerusalem Post back when the iron curtain was beat to pieces, and several thousands of Jews from Russia began to flow back to Israel, how there was such an immediate need for housing for them. It mentioned how the average Jew does not study construction engineering. He is either a scientist, a doctor, or something of that caliber. That is why a lot of construction that was going on over there is left up tot eh Arabs to do the building for them. When they began to see the need for mass construction of housing, and there being a lack of the quality of leadership to design and get this job done, right int hat moment of necessity, it was asked by the Israeli government, Shall we look to the west to get the professional leadership we need for this? There was here in the States, as well as in Europe, learned construction engineers and technicians that knew exactly how to get the job done. That is what we are looking at here. Think of it, the world today in modern nations, you have construction engineers that know exactly how to draw the blueprints, and what to do, and the type of material needed. I am not going to read all of this, because we want to get to Ezekiel 38 and show how it fits the picture. As we do read this portion, keep in mind, as we have entered this era of the miraculous, the process of rebuilding and restoring goes into effect, as Jews begin to be brought home. It will be the third exodus. This will fulfill Zechariah 10, that says, In that day they shall come and take up abode in Lebanon. That means southern Lebanon, because it actually belonged to ancient Israel. The part that Israel has made as a buffer barrier, to keep the Hezbolah back, that belonged to Israel in ancient times. So they will come and take up abode in Lebanon and in Gilead. That is across the river over in the land of Jordan. It says, and place shall not be found, meaning housing shall not be found. It does not mean there will not be ground. It literally means there will not be housing for them. That will be because of this third exodus coming up. As this picture comes to completion there is going to be the need for technicians that can be called upon and God will cause Israel to call upon them for help. That is why this says, “And the sons of strangers shall build up thy walls, and their kings shall minister unto thee: (minister material and economic substance) for in my wrath I smote thee, but in my favour have I had mercy on thee. Therefore thy gates shall be open continually; they shall not be shut day nor night: that men may bring unto thee the forces (material forces, or substance) of the Gentiles, and that their kings may be brought.  (here is a warning to the nation that wants to hold back and not contribute.) For the nation and kingdom that will not serve thee shall perish; yea, those nations shall be utterly wasted. (Now here comes the materials that will be involved.) The glory of Lebanon shall come unto thee, (What is the glory of Lebanon? High on the Lebanese mountain range, ten thousand feet above sea level, is an ancient forest. A few years back it was turned into a national park. The purpose was to preserve these ancient cedars they claim are five thousand years old. I have never seen one myself, but I have seen pictures of them. The trunks of those trees are huge. It was known back in ancient times, even in the period of the advent of Christ, that ships being built by various nations of the Middle East, got their lumber from Lebanon. It was easy for them to carve all the finery, what we call gingerbread work, in that cedar. Not only that, but these cedars were used to form the masts on the sailboats. There are a few left, the glory of Lebanon. They are going to use it in the temple.) the fir tree, the pine tree, and the box together, to beautify (What?) the place of my sanctuary; and I will make the place of my feet glorious. (Keep in mind, twice it says in Isaiah 60, th temple is going to be glorified.) The sons also of them that afflicted thee shall come bending unto thee; and all they that despised thee shall bow themselves down at the soles of thy feet; (when this era of the miraculous is literally being exposed to the world, I wonder what these skin heads in Germany are going to do? I wonder what the moles in England will think? They look like wild animals. How can they let their spirit’s get such an anti God and anti human feeling? God knows exactly how to do something to touch the heart of a few people and to make them fulfill these scriptures.) and they shall cal thee, The city of the Lord, The Zion of the Holy One of Israel. Whereas thou hast been forsaken and hated, so that no man went through thee, I will make thee an eternal excellency, a joy of many generations.” You can read the rest of this chapter. It tells you how the city goes together, how the temple is brought to completion, and the objective and purpose, because it is to fix up the city for Jews alone to dwell in. It becomes the capital of the world. There is where the temple will be built. There is where the Messiah will rule and reign from. All this will definitely, as the era of the miraculous goes toward this week, bring Israel to the forefront of this picture. Watch now, right here is where Ezekiel 38 has a certain reading.

 

GOG AND MAGOG COME INTO THE PICTURE

Let us go to Ezekiel 38, and read some of it at this time. I will not read it all: you can read the rest of it later. I am going to take those passages of scripture that shows you why it reads a certain way, and why so many prophetic evangelists today misread it, and misapply it. First it is talking about the land of Magog, the land of the ancient Muscovites. In other words Russia, Moscow. Gog is the ruler of that hour. Then it takes in the alignment, the confederacy of the nations that collaborate with this leadership to set forth and execute the objective that this leader has. In the 5th verse it gives us this line up of those that will align themselves with Gog to come against Israel. “Persia, (That is Iran) Ethiopia, (That is also under Communistic, Islamic rulership.) And Libya with them; all of them with shield and helmet: Gomer, (This is Turkey.) and all his bands; the house of Togarmah of the north quarters, and all his bands: and many people with thee. (All these people, if you will get a modern day map of that area and look at it, they will cover Islamic nations. On the video that was sent to me, this man himself, who has been in Russia, said that sixty percent of the Russian nation is Islamic. You would have to look at the great perimeter of Russia before it broke up, to see all those provinces. Even Armenia, which has only a small percentage of Christians, and all the rest are Islamic. Afghanistan is Islamic. It is the Islamic religion that dominates that society, that has caused it to look upon the Arab cause. It is Persia, Iran today, which is the real instigator of all terrorism. It has the money. It trains the terrorists, those like the Hezbolah that want to blow up everything in the world. They have a philosophy that the day will come when they will terrorize and paralyze the whole western world. They say there is not a vital city in the western world that they cannot blow to pieces. With that kind of thought in their minds, we can see what this will do to them once the Jews bring an end to the Arab influence. Keep in mind, when they said in the papers that there was a confederation of twenty one Arab states, that was going to have that committee the other day, just lately, not all those nations are Arabs. They are all Islamic though. Arabs are half brothers or cousins to the Jews, but the Syrians are not. Neither are the Turks. The Persians are not either. The Ethiopians are not, but they are Islamic. The Libyans are not, but Islam ties them together. They are nationalities in themselves, but they are all under that Islamic spirit. They are anti Jewish. Let us just watch how it reads here. As we see the confederacy, we can say this covers other areas of Islam that are not Arabic. God warns the leader of all this,) Be thou prepared, and prepare for thyself, thou, and all thy company that are assembled (gathered, or aligned) unto thee, and be thou a guard unto them. (Meaning, be a leader, a technical adviser) After many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter years (Now is the time.) thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword, (Naturally that is the land of Israel.) and is gathered out of many people, (from many areas of dispersion) against the mountains of Israel, which have been always waste: but it is brought forth out of the nations, (Here, is what throws people for a loop) and they shall dwell safely all of them.” Let me explain that. Ever since 1948, it has been the Arab Muslims in this area of Palestine that has reigned terror to every Jew, from villages to cities, to every walk of life, on the highway, in taxis, as well as in buses. These Arabs constantly harass the Jewish people. So you cannot say that for the past forty eight years the Jews have been dwelling safely, can you? No. They have been terrorized. But here is how we have to read this, Once God uses the Israeli people, the army, where it says they shall do valiantly, we must ask ourselves, Where is that done? On the field of battle. When God does that and strips from the Arab world that religion. That means the Arab people, the half brothers and cousins of the Jews, will no longer have a hostile feeling toward the Jewish people. In fact they will settle down and say, we are going to serve the same God you serve, because we know He is with you. So He puts that Islamic, anti Jewish attitude to rest forever. That is when the Jewish people can begin to relax. They can begin to take down their chain link fences, take away the bars and gates they have put up to keep terrorists and guerrillas out. Once they begin to do this, we can see as they start the building of the temple, and the reconstruction of the city, that it when the rest of the Islamic world is seeing all that progress coming about and they say, Oh, now they are at peace. That is when the rest of these Muslims are going to get angry. They will say, Just let us go at them. I will finish reading this part. “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee.” Let us move on to verse 11. “And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, (They are not fighting Arabs anymore, the people that had lived in the land are no longer there to aggravate them. Israel has already taken care of them.) I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates, (That will be wonderful for Israel when they can feel that safe, but the rest of this Islamic world is not going to like it so much. That is what sets the stage for Ezekiel 38 and 39. What will be the purpose for that mass invasion?) 38:12 To take a spoil, and to take a prey; to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land.” We notice that this comes out of the land of Magog, and Gog, the leadership, when they began to send forth this thrust. It is from the regions of Saudi Arabia which now is anti Israel, but by then will be for Israel that this next verse originates, from Sheba and Dedan, and it is then that the Saudi Arabian people speak out. “Sheba, and Dedan, and the merchants of Tarshish, with all the young lions thereof, shall say unto thee, Art thou come to take a spoil? hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey? to carry away silver and gold, to take away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil? Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto God, Thus saith the Lord God; In that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, (meaning Israel has put the Arabs to rest, and they are getting along good together) shalt thou not know it? And thou shalt come from thy place out of the north parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses.” I will never forget when WW2 ended, prophetic preachers began to use that verse of scripture, saying that the greatest horse breeding program was then going on in Russia: Russia is breeding masses of horses to get ready for the battle of Ezekiel 38. You know in the fifty years since WW2, with all these high tech, sophisticated weapons and infrared sights, would you want to be on a horse that is giving off body heat, riding down a trail in the night to attack Israel? Would you? There is a satellite overhead that sees that long line, what is that down there? I have seen them demonstrate it on TV. That is why some of those endeavors were so accurate in the Gulf War. When they showed this on TV, they set it up on the third story of a hotel to show how it worked. They waited until night. There was an office building that closed up and shut off the lights. It showed people coming out the door. In these infrared sights, every one of them, the body heat is what it picks up. You could see those people going to the parking lot and getting in their cars. It worked perfect. Keep in mind saints, that this does not mean that Russia is coming against Israel with literal horses. No. She is coming with modern horse power. Naturally the prophet, when God showed him the vision of this stuff, did not know what to call it. Therefore it is all worded in ancient terminology. It says here, “And thou shalt com up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be in the latter days, (that is Just ahead of where we are right now, just in front of us.) and I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O God, before their eyes.” Saints, common sense will tell you this is not the battle of Armageddon. You read everything else in the Bible that pertains to the battle of Armageddon, you will find that the dead are not buried. They become as dung over the face of the earth. It plainly says that blood shall flow to the bridle’s of the horses. In this Ezekiel conflict, it tells us in the 39th chapter, that the dead will be buried. Israel will seek men of continual employment for seven months to bury the dead. Common sense tells us also, that this is a miracle war of the highest magnitude. Israel will be caught, you might say, as though she is blindfolded. She is dwelling safely. No doubt Russia with all her modern technology, will set up one of the highest technical jamming systems you have ever heard of, with radar and everything. She will not be coming down the road through Turkey and Syria with long military convoys. Satellites would monitor every one of them coming toward Israel. If Israel saw that though their intelligence sources, you can rest assured they would meet them with airplanes, before they ever got to the border. Look at Ethiopia: They would have to cross the Red Sea with an amphibious landing. It would never work. Khadafy, with his Libian forces, would have to pass through Egypt. Egypt, at that time, is Israel’s friend. We can say, What kind of invasion is this? It has to be a modern air drop of the highest magnitude. It has got to be something that has trained and been put together by Russian technicians, with Russian planes, but these troops come from the confederation of these nations that has cried to Russia, Help us get rid of this Jewish thing. Russia will master mind the whole thing, and she will use the highest technology of jamming, so there is no doubt whatsoever, that wherever these planes take off from, as they approach land, it will happen at a time that once Israel is aware of what is taking place, it will be too late to do anything to stop it. Therefore God, because He never sleeps, His eye is always on His people, and it says there will be a shaking in that day in the land of Israel, insomuch that the fish of the sea will be aware of it, and I will rain upon him a terrible rain and great hail, ice chunks. How would you like to be a paratrooper jumping out of an airplane flying at low altitude, and you leave the plane with only about six or seven hundred feet to go to hit the ground when all of a sudden you are hit with giant ice cubes that weigh a half pound or more? That is what those troops will face. The point is, it is a miracle war. It is a war planned by an enemy and mostly for a religious cause. They think they have an objective, but God, to be magnified and known in the eyes of the heathen, causes it to come about this way so that He can show His mighty power. Again He shows His power, and it causes nations to be shaken into the reality that the God of Ancient Israel is still God. The heathen, that is not talking about the bush men of Africa. That is talking about this western world of educated, sophisticated, know-it-all’s. They have educated themselves completely beyond that of reality. Education has its place, but when education actually takes you away from God, then God will still have the last word. That is why He will do it this way. There is no particular battlefield as would be brought about by land, as it says, Israel does not even know where the battlefield is. It all happens so quick as God’s wrath hits it, they are blown from here to you. Their bodies are found scattered throughout the forests and deserts. That is why Israel seeks out men of continual employment to go and gather up the dead and bury them in a certain spot. Then here comes the tourists along and signs are stuck up everywhere. When you see a dead body, notify the authorities. In battlefields they usually know the extremities of it. But this is not a battlefield that the military technicians have been allowed to map out. They had a certain aim, but when they get their maneuver under way, God will blow it all to pieces. We are going to live to see it. I am talking about this generation. We are going to be able to shout Hallelujah! Israel will know from that day onward, that the great God of their ancestors is in their midst again forever more. That sets the stage for Israel. It also creates the necessity in the western world to adopt a new plan. It also means that Europe must go alone from that point. It is no longer a United Nations or New World Order. It is Europe itself. Politicians who always want to look at things from the natural standpoint will say, We must do something, or the hour will be that we will exterminate ourselves. Now is when the antichrist comes along. This type of situation demands the political, carnal minded world leadership to do something to cope with this. Now it is Europe. Now it is back to the pope. I want to read something. The news media, the news commentators that try to give you comments that will coincide with prophecies, we have them today, but most of them are way off course. I was given a tape called Armageddon. This tape consists of many ancient prophecies collected from different seers down through the years. One man living in the twelfth century in Ireland, by the name of Saint Matathias, prophesied that the northern coast of Europe is to go into the ocean by the year 1998. That is only two years away. There is a lot of humanity on this earth today that go for this. They sit and watch this on TV and say, Hey, something is going to happen. Yes, it is Catholic prophecies. Another thing he saw was that the Armageddon fight would take place in and around the year 2000. There is no way it can happen, because here is 2000, only three and one half years away. Armageddon will not be until we come to the end of this. (Pointing to the end of the seventieth week of Daniel) It all goes to who, we have all these things still ahead of today, and the religious world does not care where anything fits in, just as long as they have a picture of some kind to go by. It is a manmade picture, and it is designed by the devil to mislead the religious world, simply because they are not the true children of God. God is obligated to send them a delusion, that they should believe any lie the devil wants to throw out there. In Spain, I believe there were either three or four children, just like at Fatima, and these children on certain occasions saw the virgin Mary. She would come and relate to these children certain prophetic events that would fall in place during the next coming years. One of those children is now a married woman. She lives in New York City. One of the last prophetic things told them by the virgin Mary was this, which has been released by the Vatican. She said the earth will become black, the sun will not shine and the moon will not shine. Well we know in the book of Revelation it speaks of how the sun and moon will cease to shine for one third part of the day. But in this vision the world will be totally blacked out from the sun and moon for three days and three nights. In that time the Catholic Church tells people what they should prepare to do, get plenty of food inside, and get holy water. Do you want me tot ell you how to get holy water? I had a book sent to me by someone from Montreal Canada. They went and found out from a priest that he had a book like this, they went to see what it looked like so they could go to a bookstore and know what to get. The Catholic priest asked, would you like to see the church? They said, Yes. So he took them all through the sanctuary, the different prayer rooms and things like that. Then he took them to the basemen which would be their fellowship hall. Then he took them to an area where he said, Here, is where we make holy water. They asked him, How do you make holy water. Oh that is no problem, we just take utensils and draw ordinary tap water, then we put it on the burner and boil the “blank” out of it. Now you know, you just to a Catholic church and get that holy water to anoint your door posts and windows and such. Then when you lock yourself in, this is going to protect you, simply because you believe this Catholic interpretation of doomsday. It said ever demon in hell would be turned loose to prowl the earth, and everyone that does not abide like this will be killed. According to the prophecy, when the three days are over, then the lights will come on and seventy percent of the earth’s population will have been killed. Again let me say to you saints, That is not in harmony with your Bible. That is what we must gauge every prophecy by. Is it compatible with the written word of God? If you are ever going to believe any pagan prophecy, here is one that harmonizes with what we know from the word of God. It comes from the ancient Maya Indian culture. In the country of Mexico, from 800 to 1500 A.D., there was an ancient people known as Maya Indians. They studied the stars. They were astrologists, people that studied the stars and the Zodiac. They had a system of writing records which the North American Indian did not have at that time. They wrote, and kept records of the astrological cycles. In their writings, they had found records that they have just recently learned how to translate from that ancient writing to modern language, and guess what? Those Maya Indians, centuries ago, said this cycle of time will end in the year 2012. Well saints, take 2004 ½, and add the seven years of the seventieth week of Daniel to it and where does that put time? How many of you can see what you would actually have? You would have 2011 ½. I believe you ought to be able to see why I said, If you are going to believe anything that comes from a pagan source, then believe what the ancient Maya Indians said, rather than what the Catholic church says. They are going to hit it close to right on the nose. I have said all that to say this, No doubt many of these visionaries that have prophesied in decades gone by, have said things and time came along and just dropped them right in place, but when the time came that God has a people on earth, and He wants something of the Bible to really shine in their hearts, the world of religion will try to use these things, coupled with certain things of te Bible, to build a picture, and the church world in general will go for it, but the little Bride of Jesus Christ will never go for anything that does not line up with the total range of prophecies in their Bible’s. That is why I say, Right in front of us is an era of the miraculous, and it is going to bring drastic changes in all ranks of religion. I believe as we near that time, we are going to see the spirit and power of God move among us in a way that will lift us up above all traditional teaching and put us on a footing, spiritually speaking, that we are going to be able to see things in the world as they transpire, and make scriptural judgments about them. Somewhere in the nearness of time, as the church is to reach its climax, there is going to be a miraculous display of God’s Spirit in speaking to the Church. THOSE THUNDERS WILL COME, AND THEY WILL BRING SOME PROPHETIC INSIGHT TO TIME, WORLD CONDITIONS, AND THE SOON APPEARING OF JESUS CHRIST FOR HIS CHURCH. I have to believe the seven thunders will be to the Bride what the two olive trees (or prophets) will be to Israel. Keep in mind, Hosea 6:2, two thousand years, two dispensational days, right here is where it transpires and right here is where the revival takes place. In the third day we shall go on to know the Lord. That takes you into the Millennium. That does not give you the day or hour, but by using God’s yardstick, it gives you a decade. I just have to say, When the hour comes that we begin to see the miraculous taking place in the Middle East, you will be able to look at the end point and measure backwards, and it should begin to tell you where you are in time for sure. We do not have to get on a radio or TV program and yell, Hey Listen! The Lord is coming at such and such a time. No. Just go through the house singing, Amazing Grace, Praise the Lord! Jesus is Coming Soon! If you knew what hour He was coming, you would not even go to bed, nor would you go to work any more. You would be so hyper you could not contain yourselves. However you will definitely know approximately what that time frame is. That is why every day when you get up you say, He might come today. People say that already, but scripturally, we know that is not even a possibility before these other prophecies we have been looking at are fulfilled. God will never jump ahead of His own time frame. Amen.

The Day of the Lord: What Is It?, Part 1

The Day of the Lord: What Is It?, Part 1

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Click here to download this Contender

SINCE WE HEAR SO MUCH TODAY IN THE RELIGIOUS WORLD ABOUT THE NEW WORLD ORDER, I FEEL THAT WE SHOULD TAKE A LITTLE TIME TO EXAMINE A FEW THINGS OF THE SCRIPTURES A LITTLE CLOSER. IN FACT, EVER SINCE I RECEIVED SOME PRINTED MATERIAL SENT TO ME BY SOME FRIENDS OF THIS CERTAIN MESSIANIC JEW, A MAN WHO IS A BIBLE TEACHER IN CALIFORNIA, I HAVE HAD THIS ON MY MIND. I JUST FINISHED READING HIS ARTICLE WHEREIN HE DESCRIBED THE FOURTH BEAST OF DANIEL 7, BRINGING IT INTO REVELATION 13 AND 17. I WILL SAY THIS, I RESPECT THE MAN FOR HIS KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT HE USED FROM HISTORY AND HOW HE RELATED CERTAIN THINGS THAT REALLY ARE IMPORTANT TO A PROPER REVELATION. HOWEVER I COULD NOT HELP BUT NOTICE THAT THERE WERE OTHER SCRIPTURES IN THE SAME SCOPE OF PROPHECY THAT WERE COMPLETELY IGNORED AND LEFT OUT OF THE PICTURE. TO ME, THESE ARE THE ONES THAT REALLY BEGIN TO BRING OUT THE REAL PICTURE. ALMOST EVERY ONE OF THESE DENOMINATIONAL FELLOWS WILL DENY THAT THE ROMAN BEAST, WHICH WAS THE FOURTH BEAST, IS TO BE RESTORED BACK TO ITS ORIGINAL STATE, WHEREIN ROME AGAIN IS ALLOWED TO BE IN POWER FOR THAT SHORT PERIOD OF TIME IN THE WEEK OF DANIEL. IT IS EMPHASIZED IN THE MAN’S TEACHINGS THAT THAT WAS ONLY SYMBOLIC OF A LARGER SCOPE BECAUSE THE FOURTH BEAST WAS TO DEVOUR THE WHOLE EARTH. I WANT TO GO IN TO REVELATION 13, AND REVELATION 17 AS WELL AS OTHER RELATED SCRIPTURES, AND SHOW YOU EXACTLY HOW WE HAVE TO LOOK AT ALL OF THESE SCRIPTURES TOGETHER IN ORDER TO GET IT RIGHT. IF WE ARE AS CLOSE TO THE END AS ALL INDICATORS SUGGEST, IT IS HIGH TIME THAT THE TRUE BRIDE CHURCH OF THE LORD JESUS CHRIST CAST OFF ALL OF THEIR RELIGIOUS TRADITIONS AND SET THEIR MINDS TOWARD RECEIVING A TRUE REVELATION OF THESE END TIME SCRIPTURES. WE DO NOT HAVE ANY TIME LEFT JUST TO PLAY AROUND WITH THE WORD OF GOD. THEREFORE I ASK THAT EACH ONE WHO HEARS OR READS THIS MESSAGE, THINK SERIOUSLY CONCERNING WHAT YOU ALLOW TO BE FED INTO YOUR MIND FROM HERE ON TO THE END. REMEMBER, THE TRUE BRIDE CHURCH WILL RULE THE WORLD ALONG WITH KING JESUS, WHEN HE SITS UPON THE THRONE OF HIS GLORY, AND I ASSURE YOU THERE WILL BE NO ROOM FOR IGNORANCE OF THE WILL OF GOD, SO LET US LOOK AT THESE SCRIPTURES TOGETHER, AND ASK OUR HEAVENLY FATHER TO OPEN OUR UNDERSTANDING.


The true bride saints along with King Jesus, truly will rule the whole world, but some of these scriptures that speak of the whole world are in reality speaking only of the old prophetic world. I realize that many times when the word whole is used in scriptures, it sounds like we take it to a complete end, but when we begin to read these prophetic scriptures, we are not dealing with the whole planet earth. We are dealing with the prophetic earth because there has never been a world empire rise out of the east that has ever affected the world in the major extent that these four beasts that Daniel saw, did. There are a lot of things I could say in advance before going into the setting here, but I am going to ask you to turn to Isaiah 13, so we can get started. Right here in this scripture, is where we get the title for our subject, “The Day of the Lord, What is it?” There are three things that can be seen. It is when God brings an end to the man of sin, the false prophet, the antichrist, the son of perdition, and the wicked king of Daniel 11. He is referred to as all these things. Many modern prophetic teachers have come up now with the idea that there is one man to be the antichrist and another one called the false prophet. Then again that is where minds split over certain scriptures, or over a special word. The truth is, This man of sin, the son of perdition, carries all of these titles. What we have here on this chart is actually two drawings. This is a rough description of the Roman beast as we see it coming up in Revelation 13. It has a body like a leopard, feet like a bear and a mouth like a lion. Over here we see the dream Nebuchadnezzar had in the 2nd chapter of Daniel, 32nd and 33rd verses where it is interpreted, we see here the Babylonian empire was the head of gold. The Medes and Persians are represented in the two arms, as they combine together by a marriage between children of the royal families. This is what made it one empire, the Medes and Persians. Then we come to Alexander the great and the belly of brass. As we move out of that we come to the two legs which are symbolized in iron, coming on down into the foot, which is part iron and part clay. Now saints it is important to understand this, for this is not a description of the four beasts in their actual geographical domain. This is an hour glass. It represents time, from the time the first beast came into existence, and began to deal with the lives of people, until it is finally culminated at the coming of Christ. When Daniel interpreted the dream to Nebuchadnezzar, he told him, in the days of these kings, when he had seen the stone coming out of the mountain, rolling down to the feet and hit this and tore it all to pieces, Daniel told him, in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom that shall fill the whole earth. This is a time measurement thing. Actually the centerpiece that it evolves around is Israel. The minute Babylon took over complete prophetic domination in the Middle East, starting with the conquering of Israel, it does not end until the stone, which the prophets of Israel prophesied about, has come down and brought it to an end. Therefore we can see that the centerpiece is Israel. The whole thing starts around Israel and culminates with the establishment of the Messianic kingdom through the Lord Jesus Christ. Now I would like for you to open your Bible’s to the 13th chapter of Isaiah. There is no less than five outstanding scriptures that describe this day of the Lord. I will not read them all at this time, but I will read this one because it is the beginning of the setting for this message. In the latter part of the eighth century before the advent of Christ, Isaiah wrote this. We will start in the 6th verse of the 13th chapter. “Howl ye; for the day of the Lord is at hand; it shall come as a destruction from the Almighty. Therefore shall all hands be faint, and every man’s heart shall melt: And they shall be afraid; pangs and sorrows shall take hold of them; they shall be in pain as a woman that travaileth: they shall be amazed one at another; their faces shall be as flames. Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate: and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. For the stars of heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light: the sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine. And I will punish the world for their evil, and the wicked for their iniquity; and I will cause the arrogance of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible. I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir. Therefore I will shake the heavens, and the earth shall remove out of her place, in the wrath of the Lord of hosts, and in the day of His fierce anger. And it shall be as the chased roe, and as a sheep that no man taketh up: they shall every man turn to his own people, and flee every one into his own land. Every one that is found shall be thrust through; and every one that is joined unto them shall fall by the sword. Their children also shall be dashed to pieces before their eyes; their houses shall be spoiled, and their wives ravished.” That is just one prophetic description of the day of the Lord. The next would fall in line with Isaiah 24. It tells how the earth shall be burned and few men left. You could come on down into the second chapter of Joel. It says there, to prepare war, wake up the mighty, for the day of the Lord is at hand. Again it speaks of how the constellations and the starts of heaven shall be affected by that particular day. Take that and bring it over to Matthew 24, where Jesus says the same thing. Then bring it into the sixth seal in Revelation, where you actually find the consummation of it, because Jesus Christ comes under the revelation and fulfillment of the sixth seal. It affects the celestial elements, the planets, the starts, everything. That day will bring an end to everything the man of sin has been allowed to do. It will bring an end to the world beast system, and it will bring and end to sinful mankind on the earth. What a tragedy awaits them. Right now every politician and all the educators of the world are working hard to try to make this earth a better place for their type of people to live. They become so ignorant and hateful toward the existence of God, they would not want you and I to say anything in a public place where it might begin to have an effect. We have to realize a lot of the things we see going on today is allowed by God simply because there are certain things that have to be fulfilled in that manner. As I read that Jewish man’s article, I could not help but notice that he does not touch on these things that God is going to use Israel for somewhere just in front of where we are now in time. He stressed what God is going to do in Ezekiel 38, but I would like for people to realize, God is going to use Israel for something in a short interval of time just before Ezekiel 38 sets in. When we begin to read Micah 7 and Zechariah 12, and begin to see what God has in store for certain countries, especially the Arab countries in the Middle East, those prophecies show you what God will do to those Arab countries of Islam in a short interval of time before Ezekiel 38 is ever fulfilled. That is what God will use His people for, but when it goes on a little bit further, then we see in Ezekiel what God will do by His own sovereign miraculous power in bringing devastation and ruin and havoc to Russia and her allies. That is all going to be by a sovereign act on His own part. With that in mind then, there are things in front of us yet to be fulfilled. Yet this man says the rapture can take place just any time now. I have to say, Yes, that sounds good to a lot of people, but it is not going to take place until you see these other things fulfilled. I do believe it will be in your lifetime, and before you are very much older, but the rapture has to be yet a little distance in the future. There are yet a few scriptures that have to be fulfilled before Jesus can come for His bride Church. Everything has to come about in proper order. If you live until the rapture, that is, if you do not go by the way of the grave, one of these days before very long, you will turn on the TV News and see some of the most extraordinary displays of military feats as well as a supernatural display of God’s wrath, as He uses the military forces of Israel. That is why it says in Micah 7, what it does. Now I am not going to deal with the first three beasts at this time: It is not necessary, because most of you already know about them. However there is a verse of scripture in the Bible, that this Jewish man interprets the whole picture in the light of, because he brings it out that the Roman Empire has been existing on the two legs. Only when it gets down here, he brings it out that these ten toes are no longer symbols of the ten horns, but these ten toes represent how the entire planet earth will be divided under ten different, (In the scriptures it is called kings, but they use it like it applies to new world order dictators, and it is allotted out that way). He brings in the scripture where it says the fourth beast shall devour the whole earth. I want all of you to relax your thinking, because I want to talk to you like a teacher. I know a lot of you went further in school than I did, but I do doubt that any of you have read as much history as I have; therefore I know what I am speaking of. I have some history here that I would not send you to any library to try to find one like it, because you would not, it is not in print any longer. It was printed in 1835. It is very strange to me, why these modern day preachers want to deny the things these other men, that far back, wrote, about the papacy, about the Catholic Church, and about the office of the pope. The men of today, and I am speaking of Pat Robertson and all the rest of that type of preachers, want to look upon the men that wrote the truth way back then as a bunch of fanatics, naive, narrow minded men that really did not have a revelation, like they just wanted to fight the Catholic Church. What we need to realize though, is that those men lived closer to the hour of what Europe had been living through for hundreds of years, when the power of the papacy ruled with an iron fist, and how Europe was held as a spiritual prisoner under the dictates of the power of the papacy. As for myself, I will take the word of men who lived back then, who wrote their writings as they saw things, and what they wrote was believed and handed on over to other men of their hour, 1835. We are living in a day that modern history writers are trying to rewrite history and they have the idea that by rewriting, and leaving certain things out, they can give certain things a more modern interpretation that can be better understood by people who live now, simply because they think we of this day and hour have more insight. The truth is, they are changing the total picture. We mortals do not have the privilege of changing a picture like Old Europe painted in her day and hour of power. It is just like what they are doing concerning American history. The modern history writers of America are trying to discredit the moral and spiritual image of our forefathers. They will try to debase them, and run them down by saying they were this or that, whatever suits their purpose, all the time denying their moral and spiritual values. Well when modern history writers and our modern day educators and that type of leadership of this country, have as much desire to serve God as those men did, then I will listen to them, but right now, they have nothing that I am interested in hearing. They just simply do not fit the picture our founding Fathers portrayed.


ABOUT DANIEL’S VISION OF THE FOUR BEASTS


Let us now open our Bibles to Daniel 7. I am skipping the first three beasts because we do not have time to put it in this message. However the first one was the Babylonian Empire. The second one was the Medo-Persian Empire. The third was the Grecian Empire, and the one we want to concentrate on was the Roman Empire. I will read the first three verses of Daniel 7. Daniel was a prophet that was taken off to Babylon captive as a young man. It says, “In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters. Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and behold, the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea.” The great sea is the Mediterranean. We have a map up here, and when we look at the Mediterranean Sea, it is referred to in other writings of the Bible as the great sea, especially in ancient Biblical times. This great sea represents the mass of humanity that began to develop and accumulate out of the Fertile Crescent, which is the Middle East, right where Israel and that part of the world is. Out of there came the progenitors of what eventually began to settle in the central part of Europe and the Middle East. All of that is right around the Mediterranean Sea. This was the place for traffic. This was the place, the area of communication between every kind of culture, nation, tribe and people, whatever it was. It all evolved around the great sea. From whatever direction these empires or tribes of people began to develop, sooner or later they looked to something beyond that, because it is a fact when you look at the geographical area of ancient Babylon, most of it is an arid type desert country, therefore it is limited in agricultural potential. Therefore sooner or later, any empire existing in an environment, geographically like that, when it begins to get too heavily populated, it has to begin to look for an outlet to gain something of resources. The Medo-Persians were the same way. Much of their geographical terrain covered semi arid desert country, which limited its agricultural potential. With Greece, it was different, when time began to move westward toward Greece, they were in a different type geographical country. That was an area where agriculture could be predominant. Even as time moved on into the Roman area and the peninsula of Italy, these are not semi arid desert places. This is very much a fertile, agricultural area, at least with that potential. Daniel says he saw the four winds of heaven strove upon this great sea. When we begin to look at history, what are these winds? What do they represent? Number 1, politics, then economics. Economics can be looked at in this light, Economics is that system and means of trade by how people trade for the things they definitely need. The one important thing is food. While in some territories or areas of the nation, they use their potential output of whatever they have produced as a means of barter, to trade for other commodities they have less of. Military is the means by how these nations and tribes and cultures are able to demand or take over areas they need, to supply the necessities of their own short comings. The next is religion. A lot of people do not think religion played an important part, but it did. Therefore we can say that politics, military, economics, and religion are the winds that affected mankind. While it may not be all of one particular nation, but sooner or later they all become involved in there. It is just like when the Jews were taken into Babylonian captivity. We realize God let this first power take over Jerusalem and the Jewish people because He was going to use them as the beginning of His disciplining the Israelites. As Daniel saw these four winds, he then saw four beasts, one right after another. The first was like a lion. This gives you a characteristic of how this Babylonian Empire would set about to accomplish its end results. It was very ferocious, but we can watch and wee that from the beginning to the end it changed, because in its latter days he saw it stand up on its feet like a man and a man’s heart was given to it. That goes to show from the ferocious beast, something came along and changed the leadership and that is the picture we have in Belshazzar. We read where Belshazzar staged a great feast. He had all his princes and military people, and all the rich and aristocratic people present. They had the utensils of the Jewish temple there. They were celebrating this great feast. Belshazzar was a man that stands for a man’s heart because a man likes to have a good time and entertain. Therefore that old lion like nature is beginning to disappear and that was the condition the night the handwriting was being interpreted by Daniel to Belshazzar, the Medes and Persians were on the outside of the walls digging a detour to reroute the water, to lower the water level just enough that when it went down, that vast army could come under the archway down the river bed and inside the city. History says Belshazzar was found that night with a knife stuck in him. That brings the story over to the Medes and Persians. It is described as a bear. It gives the description from beginning to end. Then we come to the next one, a leopard. It gives its description from beginning to end and we can say this, All three of these beasts arose, ran their course, and fulfilled their part in the picture in less time because all that came about from roughly 600 B.C. to about 80 B.C. when the Romans came into power. We just have to realize these first three beasts had a short interval of time, and it passed on to the fourth beast. The last beast, which is Rome, as it began to come into preeminence about 80 B.C., it was to be the last beast ever to rule the world, so its image was to continue on through to the end of time. We can see that it has been going on two thousand years now, so with all of this in mind, I want us to read the 7th verse. “After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, (Yes, he could tell by the head coming up out of the water, because that is actually what Daniel saw. He saw the head of this monster coming up.) and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.” I noticed that this Jewish writer I have been referring to, said this beast is nondescript, meaning it is not fully described, its body is not even in the picture. Therefore when he gets to Revelation 13 he overlooks something important. I want to show you something here. As I have said before, I am not an educated man, but I have always loved history and that definitely does make a great difference. He says these two legs were to represent how this fourth beast was to continue through the ages. I want to say this, That is only an hour glass. Sooner or later we have to come to where the feet are. When we come on over in time, and I will say, We are living in that day right now, those feet are not a universal, global picture at all. Those feet represent the ten horns of Europe. During the dark ages when the papal power sat in supremacy and ruled Europe for a thousand years, neither one of those ten horns (or kings) ever gained complete supremacy and recognition above the papacy. Keep in mind the ten horns did not grow there in a day’s time. They gradually came up out of the old Roman imperial system of government. Those horns grew slowly. Therefore there was no hour through time that either one of them stood out as supreme authority. We know this, when Catholicism came on the scene, and began to rule, about 800 A.D. there was a split between the eastern church, the Greek Orthodox and the Romans. When that split came, all power, all preeminence, all attention prophetic wise, turned to the pope in Rome. Nothing went to Constantinople. With this in mind, all because he fails to recognize something here, which I will read to you in a minute, when we stop using this and bring preeminence into this, because this period of time is when the Middle East, that part was cut completely off from the western world, it was in that period of time that Islam starting in Saudi Arabia, and gradually, by the 9th and 10th centuries had come up into Syria, into Turkey and all the vast area that these empires represented over here, therefore they dropped out of sight, and was not even considered in the picture of the beast of Rome as we see it over here in the west. Notice, when the angel interpreted this thing in the ending to Daniel, he said as far as the first three beasts, they have their dominion taken away. That means never again will the Babylonian people be allowed to rise to world supremacy. Neither will the Medes and Persians again rise to supremacy. Neither will the Greeks rise to world supremacy. However the angel said, But their lives, which means the spirit of those people, is prolonged, meaning they are kept in existence for a season and a time. So here is where we are when in Daniel 7, Daniel did not see the body of the thing any more. That is why this Jewish man says it is nondescript. He could interpret this body as a universal thing, but he would have to overlook other scriptures to do so. I want to show you here, that when the Middle East and those areas of these first three beasts dropped out of time and we look at Catholicism and the pope and the ten horns, which were exclusively in the west, it is then when we come here to Revelation 13, the time when this thing is to be restored, there is where the spirit and lives of those people and those countries are brought back into the picture and that is why the body is described in Revelation 13, and not in Daniel 7. The body of the beast was not described in Daniel 7, because it would take time to bring it into that place of fulfillment. Therefore as time moves into the feet, when we come to this day, the days of these kings, and the seventieth week of Daniel is set up, Europe will become the world’s industrial complex. Does that mean anything to anyone? God will allow Europe to become the world’s No. 1, modern industrial complex. Yes it is true the Orients are rising rapidly, but because the shortness of time, there is no doubt the Orients will never last long enough to attain unto that place of recognition. Time will not last long enough to allow the Orients to reach a point like that. They have millions of people but they do not have the industrial potential, simply because they are either stealing or buying some kind of patent rights from the west. Europe, in order to fulfill this, has undergone many changes through the years. That is why these ten horns of Europe have moved since WW2, rapidly into the fore front of industrial production, with modern machinery, high technology, and so forth, which puts her at the tope of the ladder. When the hour of the antichrist is in full force, the area where the Babylonians, the Medes, the Persians, and the Greeks were, by that time, will become an isolated area of people, and they are going to need the opportunity to trade with an area of the world that is high tech. That is why those same areas are aligned like that in this end time picture. That is why Daniel 9:27 says, “And he shall confirm a covenant with many for one week.” A lot of people think that is a religious covenant. To Israel it is, but to the many, who is that many? It does not mean many Jews, but it does mean many nations in and around the old Roman territory. Yes, what was nondescript in Daniel 7, here it is, because what this leg represents was cut off in process of time, and over here it is all represented, because it is the spirit, the cultures and the geographical areas of those people that are represented. Rome itself, in its heyday, never did go to its full potential. I noticed in this Jewish writing of history that I use, that Rome in its original rise to power, never did actually push its borders to the extremities that some of these other powers had. That is what caused this man I have been referring to, to think, Well the ten horns are no longer Europe, they represent the breaking up of the whole world into ten territories. Keeping all of this in mind, I want us to go over to verse 8. “I considered the horns,” It is important to watch these horns as Daniel saw that head. As we take a look at this, let us try to imagine we were in Daniel’s dream, and we were seeing exactly what he saw. He was looking at this giant body of water after night. After night, whatever the winds are doing, it makes it look more furious, more scary, spooky. As he saw these winds, how it tossed the waves, it was a symbol of the masses of people in Europe and the Middle East and the Fertile Crescent where time started, how they are beginning to jostle for preeminence of recognition. They need this, they need that, but as those winds did that, we notice as that head would rise further out of the water and is going off into time, it gets larger. That represents the old imperial government of Rome. If you have ever read in history of the rise of the Romans, all those emperors, remember, Roman rulers were never called kings. They took the title emperor, which means sovereign, imperial universal ruler. When Rome came into power that began to be the political philosophy, because she was an imperial system. As this Jewish man brought out, when the other empires did conquer, they did not set up an imperial form of government. They took people from the people they captured and would choose a leader to represent them in their form of government. But when we come to Rome, No. Rome would not use a political Jew to rule over his own people: They sent Pilot for that. Do you see the picture? Pilot was not a Jew: he was a Roman. It goes to show, the Romans would not trust their form of government to be represented by a man of the race or culture of the people. They put their own men in. He would either be a political man appointed or a military man appointed by Rome. Remember, that head moves off through time. As it does it gets higher out of the water, and little by little Daniel is watching these horns gradually grow. That is a picture of how once Rome rose to its greatest hour of preeminence, then something began to happen. The spirit and authority by how the ancient emperors ruled underwent a change: Something began to take place: It began to weaken. When Nero passed off the scene, which occurred around 69 A.D. while the Jews were being attacked by the Roman army, he was the last of the long line of imperial caesars. From that time on men were appointed by the Roman senate to fulfill the office of emperor, but there was never another imperial family started. It goes to show, the big head, the imperial sovereignty of Roman rule through the line of the caesars, was brought to an end. Time would now take it into other dimensions. This Jewish man does not see these seven heads, as he reads in Revelation 17, as well as Revelation 13, staying with Rome all the way through time like we see it. He sees it, that as we are living right in here, there is going to be seven different stages of time in which this Roman beast will go; but when he brings it to the end, Rome itself is completely out of the picture. As he sees it, it starts with Rome but winds up in a universal picture. If we will look at the scriptures right, that is not the setting at all. I want to take us on over little by little. Here grows a horn, then another. All of this began to start after the fall of Rome. Keep in mind the fall of Rome was not something that happened in one days time. It was a period of time when Rome had reached its supremacy in its form of government. Then when something began to cause a decay and deterioration within that form of government, it just seemed as though the oncoming emperors who would try to do the same as the previous caesars, were goo weak to gain respect where it counted. They just simply did not have the power and authority nor recognition that was needed. This is what first began to be noticed. If we had a map of the world we could better illustrate what I want you to see. Keep in mind, in the original beginning of the Roman Empire, vast areas of Europe was populated with barbarians, uneducated, undisciplined hordes of savage horsemen. There are histories of them. They were undisciplined, and they were ruthless and cruel. It was only in the later centuries that these barbarian people begin to settle down. Nevertheless they were the one using the hour of Rome’s weakness that brought the fall of Rome from its imperial authority. Here came the hordes out of Gaul, Europe. Hordes of horsemen, barbarians, brutal, constantly attacking the walls of Rome, to seek to bring this imperial city to ashes. There were many conflicts, and many betrayals. I use that mainly to signify that time moves westward. Therefore it was destined one day that all of Europe become the geographical area where these ten horns are, and they will hold supremacy to the end of time. Let me continue in this verse. “I considered the horns, (meaning it was important to watch those horns)  and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.” Now I want to say this with respect to this Jewish man, as well as to some of the Charismatic men who write their articles about the New World Order. When they think this little horn that subdued three horns is something that is yet in the future, there is where they miss terribly what has already come to pass. I will explain how they interpret this. They know that this horn is to be the antichrist, but by not having the revelation that the antichrist has had an office established right on through the centuries leading up to this hour when there will be this little horn that exalts itself, then here is what they do. They are saying this, When the world is broken up into ten confederated areas, geographically, then will come the antichrist on the scene, which they describe as some man born somewhere, could be in the Middle East, possibly born of a prostitute, but he is absolutely anointed of the devil. He is a man invested with supernatural, but Satanic powers and he has the ability to make speeches, politically, socially, and otherwise, as he swamps world leaders to listen to him. They bring out in this version, that three of these horns, which will be these areas geographically, will rise against him and he will destroy three of them, leaving only seven. THE BIBLE DOES NOT PORTRAY THIS BEAST GOING OFF IN TIME, LIMPING ALONG, HAVING THREE HORNS KNOCKED OFF OF ITS HEAD. I hope you will all understand that. These horns have already been dealt with, by God allowing Satan to establish the antichrist office through time. That is why that little horn was slow in appearing. It does not just appear here at the end time. It appeared way back here in time, rising up during the Dark Ages. It is right here in history what happened when he did subdue those three horns. When the little horn did subdue three horns, which were political, secular heads of kingdoms, or territories of Europe, it did not destroy their identity. IT destroyed their authority and ability to rise against the pope, but that is all there is to it. There seems to be in this day, a vast number of preachers that have never read enough history to be knowledgeable of what they are dealing with. Therefore they will read someone’s writings of what they think, and then just say, Well that has to be the way it is. Saints, that is a lazy way to approach the word of God. I have here a book that has been priceless to me. It is an old history book. Some people do not like to hear history from the pulpit, but if you are ever going to get a true revelation of some of these scriptures, it is necessary to include some history. This is called “Early European History.” I am going to read to you about this little horn. It is important that we find out when in time this little horn did appear. Certainly not just here in the end time? No. He appeared back in the Middle Ages. Actually the Catholic Church started about 500 A.D., but while Rome was still being politically shaken and disturbed by the conditions of Gaul and the eastern areas, Rome was losing control over that because it was no longer militarily strong enough to hold on to what it had, therefore we can say that from 500, on into 800 A.D., the power of the papacy gradually rose up to a point that this scripture was fulfilled. At first there was still emperors and kings within the area of Europe. There was a lot of conflict, but we know this, that behind it all there was a devil. The same spirit of Satan that at one time set in the seat of the caesars. Therefore using the imperial throne of the caesars, he was always pulling a trick on the European society by gradually using the chair of the pope to begin to exalt his position. AS various kings and emperors seemed to be losing control over the masses of people, and there was nothing but internal squabbling, yet for some reason history tells you some of these kings would come to the pope and say, Your honor, your majesty, because you have believers in our societies, will you do something to help us curb this unrest? Popes began to realize their importance, and how they could use this unstable condition wherein kings and emperors were finding it hard to control their subjects, to upgrade their own recognition. They began to think, I can use this to my advantage. That is why when we come from 600, 700, and on into 800 A.D., we come into an hour when men such as Charlemagne, made their move. Charlemagne had so much attraction toward the pope that Charlemagne, when the pope had crowned him as an emperor, (He was a young man of the German people) then Charlemagne, with the point of the sword and spear, began to move through Europe among these restless barbaric people, using the believers that were in there and forcing people at the point of the spear to become Christians and accept baptism in the church, or he took them and executed them. What a blood bath. What a mass conversion to Christianity, if you could call it that. I want to express this in a way that if any Charismatic preacher gets hold of it I can say to him, You know yourself you cannot deny the pages of old history. You cannot deny what Charlemagne did, because what Charlemagne did in his act, was because he wanted everybody in Europe that he could control, to become a believer in the Roman Catholic Church. Death followed any resistance. I say this to you, If you cannot see that the power of the papacy can be the office of the antichrist, which the Bible pictures to be in the end time, and see what a cruel man he is going to be, you will mislead many innocent people who respect you. Again, blood will be spilled on the earth. Again, there will be a people forced into mass execution. I have to say to any preacher, Shame on you, when you close your eyes to reality. Do not think the Catholic Church is a sanctified Holy Ghost filled institution. It is not. It never has been. In all that I have said, if Catholic priests hear this, I am not pointing my finger at any particular Catholic person. I am pointing my finger at the corrupt system of Catholicism, because of how it is run ecclesiastically, and how it has entwined itself in the political structures of the kingdoms of the world. Because of that, she is the only institution that has outlived the old imperial kingship of the emperors. It has outlived every form of government there has been on the face of this earth. When the ancient emperors ruled, Christians died. When we come to Constantine’s hour which was in the third century, Christians were given a break. He introduced the Christian faith to the Roman church for courtship. That is exactly what it involved. He was supposed to have had a vision and seen words, By this thou shalt conquer and overcome. It was the Christian cross he saw, but it was all a trick played on him by the devil, actually using him to set up a decoy. That was the starting point of the courtship between the emperors of Rome and the Catholic Church, which eventually made a way for the old pope to slip right over onto the emperors throne. I just have to say at this time, All these preachers today, that are saying the New World Order is the beast and that the antichrist is going to be some supernatural young man somewhere, born into the world by some ill famed birth, to fulfill this end time picture of the scriptures, you have really missed it: The New World Order never had an ancient beginning; and some of you will find out much too late, that the office of the antichrist and the beast of Revelation 13, did. The New World Order does not have a wounded head that is being healed, but that beast did. The New World Order is not the beast that once was, and is not, and yet is. The New World Order was born fifty years ago. In the month of October 1945, I sat on a grassy knoll in Okinawa, when a second lieutenant came out and asked us to assemble on that knoll, we sat down on the ground. Then standing there with various papers in his hand he said, These articles have just come through from the state department. They are now forming a body of nations called the United Nations. Our government leaders are doing this, and all the allies of Europe and so forth, to establish a unity, a working together, and conforming to certain ideas to end all wars. I was not a Christian, but I had heard enough read from the Bible to think, End all wars? It cannot be. All wars will not be ended until Jesus Christ comes back to rule the world. Therefore knowing al of this, I do not hesitate to say, The New World Order is only a decoy to blind a bunch of modern preachers that do not know their ABC’s in history. I want to show you something from history that you young people will never read in modern school books. From this particular European history, I am going to read certain paragraphs that are really meaningful to a proper revelation of some of these scriptures, so please try not to be bored by it. We want to show you how that little horn exalted itself. This picks up in the years when there had been a lot of conflict going on between the emperors and the popes.


THREE HORNS PLUCKED UP


I am reading from history now, so try to pay attention.


“The pope was the supreme law giver of the church. His decrees might not be set aside by any other person. (If he had said that to Caesar Augustus, he would have had his head cut off.) He made new laws in the forms called bulls. By his own authority could a particular case set aside old laws. (Did it not say in Daniel 7 that as Daniel saw this little horn come up, he saw in that horn the eyes of a man, right? And a mouth speaking great things. In that it says he shall seek to change times, laws, and seasons. Seasons is related to your own calendar. We have been going by the Roman calendar, which started way before the advent of Christ, called the Julian calendar. But that calendar has been updated, modified, and changed by the monks of the Roman Catholic Church on different occasions. So the calendar we have today is a Roman Catholic calendar. You modern preachers go by it. The apostle Paul did not use it, and neither did the apostle Peter. Anyhow I am going to move on over to this part right here. By the time we come to the years 962 to 1122, here is where the popes and caesars really began to seesaw concerning which had certain authority.) One might suppose there could be no interference between pope and emperor since they seem to have separate spheres of action and authority. It was said that God had made the pope as the successor of Peter, (That is a lie of the devil himself) supreme in spiritual matters, and the emperor as heir of the Roman caesars, supreme in temporal matters. The former ruled mens’ souls, the latter ruled mens’ bodies. The two sovereigns thus divided on equal terms the government of the world. (That would be the old Roman geographical kingdom, but by this time she had already lost her supremacy over here in the eastern areas.) The difficulty of this theory was that it did not work. (Greed and authority goes to some people’s head.) No one could decide in advance where the authority of the pope ended and where that of the emperor began. When the pope claimed certain powers which were also claimed by the emperor, a conflict began between the two rulers and the outcome was inevitable. OTTO THE GREAT in 962 restored imperial rule in the west, thus founding what in later centuries became known as the Holy Roman Empire. Otto made the city of Rome the imperial capital, deposed the pope who proved disobedient to his wishes and on his own authority appointed another. At the same time Otto exacted from the people of Rome an oath that they would never recognize any pope to whose election the emperor had not consented. Otto’s successors repeatedly interfered in elections to the papacy. One strong ruler, HENRY III has been called the pope maker. Early in his reign he set aside three rival claimants to the papacy, creating a German bishop pope, and on three subsequent occasions filled the papal throne by fresh appointments. It was clear that if this situation continued much longer the papacy would become simply an imperial office, it would be merged into the empire. The death of Henry III which left the empire in weak hands gave the papacy a chance to escape the control fo the secular power of human government. In 1059 A.D. a church council held at Laturn Palace decreed that henceforth the right of choosing the supreme pontiff should belong exclusively to the cardinals who represented the clergy of Rome. This arrangement tended to prevent any interference with the election of popes, either by the Roman people or by foreign sovereigns. The papacy now began to deal with the grave problem which affected the church at large.” (It says here that he had rivalry among the friars, the bishops, the abbots and so forth. They instituted what they called the investiture, the sale of sacred things and such like. I will not read that because it would be lengthy and boring to a lot of people.) Through a period of time the pope has used political conditions to gradually elevate his office. I want to show you something, and just think of it, In the same city, is an old throne. On that throne, Julius Caesar sat. On that same throne, sat various other caesars of old and ruled Rome and the Roman world. But when I began to read here, just a little short distance from where that chair sat, is another throne. It is in the Vatican, in the papal palace. Now the man that sits on this throne is being moved by the same ancient spirit that moved that man on the other throne. When he went out to address his subjects, his people, he would be in a gold covered chariot, and people and children would run along and throw garlands of flowers and things in front of him, worshiping him. When that passed off the scene, now it is the man that sits on this other throne doing the same thing. When he comes out to make his appearance, he is carried on a chair on men’s shoulders. People come from far and near bringing garlands of flowers and things to pay some kind of spiritual recognition to this man. Let us notice how this man began to talk. Notice, as the ten horns begin to get their position on the head, they get weak in their individual makeup. But the pope is getting stronger. Why? Because throughout all this vast domain represented in these ten horns, the people, the subjects, were Catholic believers, or they went to jail and got their head’s cut off. So you can see how this man, the head of the church, can become exalted. That is why it said, In this horn was eyes like a man, he was not a god, he was a man. But he had a mouth speaking great things. Let us see what this little horn did, not done by one pope, but it shows the power of that little horn.


READING HISTORY


“A remarkable man now became pope, (This was the monk Hildebrand) who on elevation to the papacy took the name of Gregory VII. Gregory devoted all his talents to the advancement of (In other words, he saw to it that whatever the throne, the power of the popes office was to be, he is going to execute it, he is going to bring about every change he can to elevate it to where nothing else can be above it.) a contemporary document, which may have been of his own composition, and at any rate expresses his ideas, containing the following statements. (This hits the prophecy, he shall seek to change times, laws, and season. He will speak blasphemous things against the God of heaven) the Roman pontiff alone is properly called universal. (That is a lie. The apostle Peter never claimed that kind of authority or jurisdiction, neither did Paul, so why should he?) He alone may dethrone bishops. He alone may restore them to office. He may dethrone emperors. He may be judged by no man. He may absolve from their allegiance the subjects of the wicked. The Roman church never has erred and never can err as the scriptures testify. (The Bible says she is a harlot. Revelation 13 and Revelation 17 says she is still drunk upon the blood of the martyrs of the apostles.) Gregory did not originate these doctrines, but he was the first pope who ventured to make a practical application of them. Gregory soon issued a decree against lay investiture. He declared that no emperor, king, duke, marquis, count, or any other lay person should presume to grant investiture under pain of excommunication. This decree was a general one applying to all states of western Europe, (Meaning all horns, I will just read it like that, to all horns of western Europe) but circumstance were such that it mainly affected Germany. (Because we know Germany seemed to be the most powerful of all these horns throughout time. I am going to read where he plucks up one horn, and show you he did not remove it from the head.) Henry IV, ruler of Germany at this time, did not refuse the papal challenge. He wrote a famous letter to Gregory calling him no pope, but a false monk, telling him Christ had never called him to the priesthood and bidding him come down, come down from St. Peter’s throne. Gregory in reply, sentenced him to be dethroned, excommunicated him from the church, and freed all his subjects from their alliance and obedience to him. This severe sentence made a profound impression in Germany. Henry’s followers fell away and it seemed probably that the Germany nobles would elect another ruler in his stead. (Imagine a king having less authority and less recognition than the pope.) Henry then decided on complete abject submission. He hastened across the Alps and found the pope at the castle of Canossa on the northern slopes of the Apennines. It was January and the snow lay deep on the ground. The emperor stood for three days, shivering outside the castle gate, barefoot and clad in a course woolen shirt, the garb of a penitent man.” I will stop there. Charismatic preachers, go ahead and preach your New World Order if you must, but you will never see the day that there will be a man pluck a horn off it. God is going to deal with that New World Order one of these days and what a fall it is going to have. That is why I have to say, It is a decoy designed by Satan, to set the whole world going in a crazy spin. From the time that first emperor of Germany was dethroned and his people were told to stay away from him, not to follow him, that began a period that lasted over a hundred years, a period in which the power of that papal office in Rome became ever so exalted, no king or emperor in all of Europe could go against his word. See, There, was a mouth speaking great things, just like the prophecy of Daniel says. If any of you Charismatic preachers get hold of a tape and hear this, I want you to know that Christianity is not recognized in such extremes as that. Sure you can say, Well Catholics are repenting. No. The Bible says God has already given her (the Catholic Church) space to repent and she repented not. Therefore she is destined to become a system of religion that will be judged and destroyed. What a terrible hour her judgment is going to be. You see it described in the 17th and 18th chapters of Revelation. In over a hundred years of time, from the time this first pope did this, there were two other horns plucked up. The other two horns that were plucked up made a total of three, which is exactly what the scriptures foretell. It goes to show no more would imperial leaders or kings of any of these nations be allowed to be equal with the pope, and certain not above him. He plucked them up, but that encounter did not destroy that particular kingdom or nation from its geographical identity on the old territorial beast of Rome.


TWO OTHER HORNS PLUCKED UP


I am going to go on into this thing in a way that those that are interested will be able to understand what we are looking at. This is the only way I know to bring out certain details that help us understand the picture of the prophetic scriptures. The head we see here in Revelation 13, does not look the same as when Daniel first saw it rising out of the sea and going off in time. As he saw it, it was one huge head. It did not even have the horns on it at that time. I have to believe the reason this Jewish man says it was a nondescript beast, is because Daniel did not see its body rise up. He only saw this giant head come up out of the water and begin a progression into future time. He kept his eyes on the horns. Then he saw another little horn growing, but I want to make sure you understand that the beast never did have eleven horns: This little horn was not a political horn: It was an ecclesiastical horn. (The word horn, speaks of power.) Here is how we have to look at the symbolism of this thing. This little horn in numerical equation would be eleven, but the first ten horns were political powers, kings of nations, and the little horn that rises up is the power of the papacy, a different kind of horn. The reason I say it that way, is because it did not put eleven horns on his head. We know these ten horns are ten temporal governmental powers that ruled over kingdoms, or territories of Europe. But we find that the eleventh horn was a mystery horn which was not a territorial horn. Therefore you cannot take a mystery horn, which is not a territorial horn, and put it on the beast and make it the eleventh. So we have to understand the ten mean one thing, but the eleventh, which is not really the eleventh, means something else. Even though the little horn does not put eleven horns on the beast, somehow or other this other horn becomes so powerful, in Daniel 7 as it is being described to him, it exalts itself above its fellows, meaning its predecessors. As it was a long time for these horns to eventually get their position established within the territories, geographically, or Europe, just as it took them a long time to finally get their positions, so did it take a long time for the gradual rising of this mystery horn that came up amidst the ten. Now if you cannot take the eleventh one and put it in there and make eleven horns on the head, then we have to understand the language of the prophecy is how that he exalted himself above the fellows insomuch that he plucked up three territorial kingdom horns. How could something that is a mystery do that? My point is this, If the mystery horn cannot be added into the number, yet there is something about this mystery horn that can destroy something and still leave ten temporal geographical horns there, we need to understand more about it. That is why we are reading this history. It goes to show once the power of the papacy did begin to reach that position that the oncoming popes could see the power that they held at their finger tips, they did not fail to use it. From around 900 and something and continuing on to 1400, no pope allowed any temporal, or political king to tell him what to do. However it is important to our revelation to realize that this mystery horn did not destroy a temporal, geographical horn, but it did dethrone a king and show to the world that for a period of time no dictator, no ruler, emperor, king, or whatever it might be, could outshine the pope. This is why this beast, while it lost certain things in the eastern sectors of the old world, in that this eastern section of the geographical territory did not honor that head, Rome’s territorial boundaries reached back into the Asiatic countries, and comes through like this, through Africa and on. Rome ruled the then known part of the world that circled the Mediterranean Sea. This is why Rome is the last beast ever to rule the world. Rome remained to be in the complete prophetic picture, when in the Far East, the Middle East, they dropped out of sight. Preeminence remained with Rome because this is not a means to interpret this, it is only an hourglass showing that when the sands of time have come into the era of the feet, which corresponds to this, it is then that Rome plays its last game. It is then that the body of this beast fully comes out of the water and is seen in the last days. The body at that time represents the whole thing. Because of the covenant the antichrist makes in that hour, when he makes a covenant with many, (which means many nations, and we ask, For what purpose? Trade and the flow of commerce, to establish an economic period of, you might say a utopia) that little horn is back in full recognition. A world of peace, a utopia, That is what the antichrist is going to promise them. Therefore many of these nations will sign up with the antichrist of the western European world. There is where the body appears. The body did not appear in Daniel 7, but it is in John’s vision of Revelation 13. It appears as the antichrist and Rome come back into preeminence for the last days. We need to catch this, so I am going to read some more things. I will try not read too much, because I do not want to bore you with more history than it takes to establish this. Some people have no ear for history, but you have got to understand we are dealing with history. What is prophecy? It is history yet unfulfilled. Once the prophecy is fulfilled, history is written, because it is prophecy that came to pass. In Daniel 7, I am going to be reading here starting in the 23rd verse. We will read a little of it. “Thus be said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, (I have to say it is the prophetic earth, not the universal earth.) and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces. And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: (They did arise, coming on into the Dark Ages, slowly beginning with the fall of Rome. Different historians and teachers want to picture the fall of Rome in different periods, but when we look at it through the prophetic scene, it started with the death of Nero. Right here is an old history book they used back at the turn of the century in our schools. They put things in history books back then, that they will not touch now because they want to brain wash the younger generation. The aim is, by using education we can prepare the present day modern man for the future, where we forget the past. I tell you though saints, God has not forgotten the past. That is why the prophetic picture stays right on its proper course.) and another shall rise after them; (He is that little mystery horn, or power. He did not put eleven horns on the beast, because he is a different type of horn. Keep in mind, the word horn itself symbolizes some kind of power and authority. So we know the ten belong to temporal, political governmental kingdoms that rule over certain territories, but this eleventh one, this mystery one, does not add anything to that: He is a different type of power. We have to look then, for what kind of power eventually came out of the gradual fall and decay of the old imperial, political headship of Rome, and what kind of system came out of that or evolved out of that, that became so powerful that eventually the man that sits in his office had as much or more power than the ancient Roman caesars? Do not bring that picture over here to 1996 or the year 2000. Satan has already established the antichrist office way back then. History, as well as the Bible, prove it. It is just a matter of the way men want to read it. If you want to think the Catholic Church is the Bride of Christ, help yourself: you are free to think as you choose, but without some foundation, your thinking is vain. AS I said earlier, I am not pointing my finger at any individual Catholic person, but the system of religion is antichrist, because it is not scriptural. It is a system, an institution that is more pagan than scripturally spiritual. It has outlived all kinds of monarchies. That is why in the end time the Roman Catholic Church is called the mother of harlots. She has feasted and drank with the political crooks of the whole world. When you say that in North America, people say you are a fanatic, a narrow minded fanatic. Well I challenge you to go to the histories of five, six, or seven hundred years ago in Europe and see what you find. I will read some of it to you in a minute. It will turn your stomach against Catholicism as it existed back then. Not too far from our own borders is a nation, South America. When North America began to be settled, South America was predominately settled by Spanish and Portuguese. The missionaries from Rome went there and took the gospel of Catholicism to the South American natives. In every one of those cities and towns all through South America, you can travel today and see big cathedrals made of massive stone construction, but you see those societies living in a state of poverty, because for hundreds of years they have been held in ignorance. The kings and rulers of those nations have been held captive to the Catholic Church and its ecclesiastical hierarchy. Shortly after WW2 when I cam home from the Army there was a blood curdling article written by a missionary that told what went on in Columbia South America. That is where a lot of this drug stuff comes from today. A missionary moved into a certain town. The Catholic Church began to rise against this missionary. They began to get quite a few converts. They used their home as a meeting place, and people from Catholic families would come to this mission place. They began to leave the Catholic Church. These people eventually were threatened by individuals from the Catholic church system of the city. It went on, and finally the time came that the Catholic Church hired a bunch of bandits who lived in the mountains to do their dirty work. One night they rode into town on horseback, setting torches to the homes of the people that had been converted to the teaching of this missionary, taking the people out, and with ropes dragging the people behind horses through the city square. Then they came to the house of the missionary. They kept him until the daylight hours and took him to the town square. The missionary not willing to recant, on his knees with his hands tied behind his back, one of these bandits, as the man is praying with tears streaming down his face, hit him across the face with a machete and cut his head open. That was Catholicism in South America up until about fifty years ago. I say these things to give a few modern church going Protestants in North America something to wake them up. Then stay awake! There is a dialogue now between ecumenicalism, apostate Protestantism, and modern Catholicism. Mamma (the Catholic Church) is asking her daughter, (Protestant churches) which are harlots, to come back home. If a Catholic person hears this, I am not talking about you, I am talking about the system you are a part of. I am not pointing my finger at any Protestant person any more than I am the system that you want to uphold. Early Christianity was not a system of religion like so much of it is today. True Christianity is still working its way free from the influences of Roman Catholicism.


READING FROM HISTORY


We have already read how the first horn was plucked up, so now I want to get the other two. This happened between 1122 to 1273.


“Thirty years after the signing of the Concordat of Worms the emperor Frederick I, called Barbarossa from his red beard, succeeded to the throne. Frederick, the second of the Hohenstaufen dynasty, was capable, imaginative, and ambitious. He took Charlemagne and Otto the Great as his models and aspired like them to rule Christian Europe and the Church. His reign is the story of many attempts, ending at length in failure, to unite all Italy into a single state under German sway. (The horns were getting their geographical position.) Frederick’s Italian policy brought him at once into conflict with the Papacy. The popes gave their support to a league of the free cities of northern Italy, which were also threatened by Frederick’s soaring ambitions. The haughty emperor, having suffered a severe defeat, sought reconciliation with the pope, Alexander III. In the presence of a vast throng assembled before St. Mark’s Cathedral in Venice, Frederick knelt before the pope and humbly kissed his feet. Just a century had passed since the humiliation of Henry IV at Canossa.”


That is enough to let you see how another political horn (king) was plucked up by the Mystery (or ecclesiastical) horn. It was not another horn bringing an army in. It was a pope sitting in a chair in Rome, yet he had so much satanic power, he could say to any king, Come off your throne. If he did not obey, the pope could tell all his people, Denounce him. Do not be obedient to him, and then order a strike and paralyze his whole domain. Just imagine the apostle Paul going into Rome and doing that. Imagine when Nero was still alive, any apostle saying, Nero, I have come to dethrone you. You would have had the opposite story written. It is a shame we have modern preachers today that turn their back on this picture. They can say that I am naive and narrow minded if they want to, but I say to them, You are blind. You have been inoculated with something from the devil and you are drunk on his dope. You would sleep with a rattle snake, spiritually speaking. That is your privilege.


THIRD HORN PLUCKED UP


“The Papacy reached the height of its power under Innocent III. The eighteen years of his pontificate were one long effort, for the most part successful, to make the pope the arbiter of Europe. Innocent announced the claims of the Papacy in the most uncompromising manner. (Listen to this, when Daniel saw the eyes of a man in that horn and a mouth speaking great things, right here is that horn speaking.) As the moon receives its light from the sun, and is inferior to the sun, so do kings receive all their glory and dignity from the Holy See. (That would be the Vatican, and that is a lie. This meant, according to Innocent, that the pope has the right to interfere in all secular matters and in the quarrels of rulers.) “God,” he continued, has set the Prince of the Apostles over kings and kingdoms, with a mission to tear up, plant, destroy, scatter, and rebuild. (Protestantism denies the reality of such a thing.) Innocent’s claims were not idle boasts. (Here comes the third horn.) When Philip Augustus, king of France, divorced his wife and made another marriage, (Of course it is wrong to do that, but who is the pope, to be telling that king it was wrong, and then do what we are going to read?) Innocent declared the divorce void and ordered him to take back his discarded queen. Philip refused, and Innocent put France under an interdict. (Which means he put it under an order that there should be no business opened, no dead buried, no bells could ring, all activity had to cease.) From that hour all religious rites ceased. The church doors were barred, the church bells were silent, the sick died unshriven, the dead lay unburied. Philip, deserted by his retainers, was compelled to submit.”


He too made his way to the pope and bowed in his presence, so now you have seen how the little horn plucked up three temporal horns without actually destroying their existence, and you have also seen that the little horn did not put eleven horns on that ten horned beast. It is a mystical horn, yet it is a horn that has so much power that there has not been any political horn that could rise above it. No other king tried it after that third one. Europe still retained ten major nations. IN 1996, that is part of the NATO alliance, part of the European Common Market. All of which gradually began to be set in motion at the close of WW2.


OTHER WRITTEN HISTORY


I am now going to read to you from the various pages of history written by various ministers back in 1800. The main author of this history is a man by the name of Reverend John Marsham. This book was compiled in the year 1835. That makes it 1611 years old. It has more truth than all the ecumenical systems on the face of the earth today, because they will not print this. Yet somehow or other the things that were handed down from the times of the Reformation, those men that had lived in Europe under the control of the papacy and the church, who had experienced how Europe had been held in bondage under darkness, had a right when the Reformation came along, to come out and breathe a sigh of relief, and give their testimony to the whole world of what the power of the papacy had done. This is just a short sketch that I will read. It describes how the power of the papacy in a corrupt state, really began to get a position.


READING


“The bishops of Rome were, many of them, men of talents and vast ambition. Leo 1st, called the Great, who flourished in the fifth century, was a man of uncommon genius and eloquence, indefatigable in his efforts for spiritual dominion. Gregory the Great, also, in the next age, distinguished himself in a violent contest with the bishop of Constantinople, and in extending the bounds of the See of Rome. (The reason Constantinople is mentioned in the fifth century A.D., it seems now that the bishop at Rome, the bishop at Constantinople and the bishop at Antioch in Syria and the bishop at Alexander Egypt, which are all supposed to be Christian centers, there is a rivalry, a contest. Which is the greatest? Which is the most important? Which should have the most power? As the bishop at Constantinople

Times Or Seasons, Part 2

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

CONTINUED

WE HAD JUST BARELY GOTTEN PAST A PARAGRAPH READING IN OUR LAST ISSUE WHEN WE RAN OUT OF SPACE AND HAD TO CONTINUE, SO WE WILL JUST GO BACK A LITTLE TO START THIS ISSUE.

 The Countdown Is On Chart

ANOTHER MANMADE VIEWPOINT

A few weeks back, one Thursday night, a sister was coming into the parking lot and saw a car following her. When she got out, the driver of the other car asked her, Is this where the contender is mailed from? She said yes. He said, will you give this to your leader. It was a large envelope that had a video tape in it. On the envelope was written, God’s message to America. Naturally I wondered who sent it: because there was no name on the outside. Neither was there a name on the video, just the writing, God’s message to America. I had no way of finding out anything until I played it. It was the first time in my life I ever received anything from that caliber of preachers. The leading character on it was a man by the name of Henry Groover. He is a Charismatic preacher. He has preached in Russia, in Alaska, in Canada, as well as in the States, on battleships, on aircraft carriers, before politicians, schoolteachers, in colleges, and all such like. I am next to nothing in the sight of a man like that. He was telling about a vision God had showed him about the destruction of America. He was in Ireland walking, when he came to this old palace. The Lord told him to go up on this particular tower. He went up on this tower, and all of a sudden the power of God came on him and he saw the world become flat. He saw Russia, the big bear. He saw a big arrow, like a giant arrow attack from Russia, right over the North Pole toward the States. At the same time he saw submarines suddenly emerge, almost like they were sitting on the beaches, launching rockets. At the same time he saw two more arrows coming right out of Russia, one down through Norway, to take Western Europe, and another one down through Poland to take central Europe, then Armageddon would be fought. That is not the way Armageddon is going to be. He puts Ezekiel 38 as Armageddon; and we everyone know by now, that Armageddon is not Ezekiel 38. Ezekiel 38 is a miracle war designed by God for the eventual preservation of Israel. In Armageddon there is no dead buried, they become as dung over the face of the earth. On the other hand, in this Ezekiel 38 war, Israel, for seven months, seeks to employ people to seek out the dead where they are scattered, that they might be buried, and it says that they burn weapons from that war for the next seven years. I sat there and watched the whole thing; and he told a series of visions he had seen about Russia and the Communists. The thought began to come to me, Why is that man talking like that? I believe his vision was correct, but I remember back in the 1960’s, I believe it was in Life Magazine, the United States printed a story about the future and possible attack of Russia, if Russia should choose to do such a thing. The intelligence report was that over the northern pole would come three waves of giant bombers, and how the first wave would have it hard to break through the anti aircraft defenses, but they would get to the northern perimeter. The second wave would touch the central, and the third wave would touch the southern perimeter. Knowing that, but then seeing what has happened to Russia and the breakup of the great perimeter, here is how the picture lines up. When WW2 ended, the time was at hand for Revelation 13 to start coming together. You had to have a uniting of those nations that for hundreds of years had fought, fought, fought. The soil of Europe is stained with the blood of hundreds of years of fighting. However the Bible says in Revelation 17, that these ten horns are ten kings, or ten kingdoms, that have received no kingdom as yet. Meaning in all their fighting, none of them have ever been allowed to control the whole continent of Europe. That is why they fought, fought, fought. Then they receive a kingdom for one hour with the beast, and from within that beast, the antichrist will come forth. It is a gradual arising. When we look back to the last 1940’s, they had the Marshal Aid, then here comes NATO, then the Common Market, and all of these are indicators that the uniting of the original ten horns is now in progress. If God had not let the devil raise up an empire that was a deadly threat, and exist that way for forty years, Europe would never have come back together. They would be doing what they were doing hundreds of years ago, fighting each other. It took all of those things I just mentioned, to make them believe, We have go to come together somehow, we have to unite to get ready for what is coming. I will never forget when our Vice President stood at NATO and gave one of the last speeches made by that type of man, and said to Europe, I can almost say greater Europe. Yes, greater Europe. Henry Kissinger wrote an article describing it, Europe is united. There was some political squabbling, but they are now united; and that brings certain scriptures clearly into focus. That is exactly why Russia would never have been touched back in the late 1980’s, had Europe not been united. She was raised up as a decoy to make Europe do what it has done. Now the only thing left for Russia is this hour right here: (Ezekiel 38 & 39) That is all she has left. That is all the potential she has left. Well that man did say one thing that surprised me as I listened to that tape: He said you wonder why Russia will stay in alignment with the Islam world, it is because sixty percent of the Russian society is Islam. He said, When you have a society that is sixty percent Islam, the country has to go along with what the society demands. Now having said that, I am going to drop this thought and show you how the rapture will drop right in place. We do not have to know the day or hour, but if we are a people that is going to live until the rapture comes, I promise you there are things developing in the Middle East, when you start seeing this all begin to develop and fall right in here, (pointing to chart just before 2004 ½ A.D.) You are going to see yourself living in the last part of the last decade Gentiles have allotted to them. You can count the years. You do not need to know what day or hour. Just remember though, the parable about the evil servant, the warning to him, But to that evil servant the Lord of that servant shall come in a day he is not aware, and in an hour he is not thinking. There is a definite message in that parable: It pertains to the way we look at time, and toward the coming of the Lord.

 

CLUES FOR WISE CHRISTIANS TO MEASURE TIME BY

We want to deal some more with these statements Jesus made concerning the end of this Age, when He will come again. The last one’s are in the 25th chapter of Matthew. I am going to read these five statements. We know Jesus said to His disciples, when they asked Him, Wilt thou now deliver the kingdom to Israel? That actually meant, Will you restore sovereignty? His answer was, It is not for you to know the times or seasons. We explained already, that this was not just slang language. That was not just mere terminology to avoid answering. That was His answer. That was no doubt the way Jews would refer to a long period of time, that was yet unknown to them. We find this in the 1st chapter of Thessalonians, Paul had been speaking to the brethren concerning the coming of the Lord to receive the bride Church to Himself; and then he ended it by saying, 1st Thessalonians 4:18, “Wherefore comfort one another with these words. (5:1) But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you. (5:2) For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night.” He knew good and well that he had said enough, and whatever he said was for all time, that when we come down to the end of all these things we would begin to come together, because at the end time God is going to deal with the people who love truth, to relate to them and give them an understanding of His imminent return. Therefore when we come to Matthew 24 and 25, we see what I am referring to. I am going to read the five times He uses this very statement. In the 36th verse He says, “But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only.” Again I ask you, Do you think this was just His way of avoiding the question that was directed to Him? No. It was not mere terminology. IT was the way they would refer to something related to another time. Then we come on down to the 42nd verse. He is admonishing the believer, “Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.” Notice He did not say anything about the day: He just said, Ye know not what hour. Then we come to the 44th verse. “Therefore be ye also ready: for in such an (notice) hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.” Now we drop to the 50th because He is speaking in relationship to the evil servant. I have to say, in respects to the following of Bro. Branham through the years of time, If they do not get out of the books, something that will get them back into the Bible, they are destined to wind up as evil servants, because they are very bold in putting “thumbs down” on anything else that does not go along with their rhetoric. They act as though it is almost like the Catholic Church, if you do not abide by their interpretation of what Bro. Branham taught, you are nothing. I have a whole bunch of literature that I have received through the years, some from the Philippines, some from India, and just about everywhere the message of Bro. Branham has been, with their own interpretation of it, they try to cram it down your throat. Some make William Branham the Christ of our day. That is why in India they will baptize in the name of William Branham and teach that the name William Branham is the new name of the Lord. These things just keep on going. Therefore when we look in the 50th verse, Jesus is not speaking to the Bride, He is not speaking to the evil servant: So notice, “The Lord of that servant shall come in a day (Here, He comes back and includes the day.) when he looketh not for Him, (that means he has given up, ‘because of all the projected times they have given heed to.’) and in an hour that he is not aware of.” That puts a man in a bad place. Now we come on over to the 25th chapter. The 25th chapter is an overall picture of the parable of the five wise and five foolish virgins, so this overlaps what we are talking about. It is still going on right in this era of time. We find in the 13th verse Jesus says this, “Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man cometh.” We can say that this is a picture of the religious world outside of the realm of revealed truth. They can talk about the coming of Christ, the day of judgment, the end of the world, and they have a little sketchy picture in their head of what it is all about, but they do not have the setting nor the dimensions right. What we want to do, is look at this in the light of what Jesus was actually referring to each time. We have already explained to you that the visible return of Christ is not a mystery. No. He plainly states in the 27th through the 29th verses, that immediately after the tribulation of those days, is the time of His literal return. That is when He returns with His bride saints. Therefore anyone would have to be completely blind, not to be able by the help of a chart diagram like this, to see that at the end of that 70th week, which is the last 3 and ½ years of the week, and is the great tribulation period, the sun is to be darkened, the moon is to withdraw its light, heaven is to be opened, like the 19th chapter of Revelation says, and then shall appear the sign of the coming of the Son of man in power and great glory. He is riding a white horse, (the white horses symbolize Power and authority) and you, the Bride of Christ, are with Him, as well as the saints of all the other decades of the Grace Age, making their descent to earth. The descent to earth is not like a flash. This descent is a slow, progressive, panoramic thing, a heavenly display of the mighty power of God. If every eye is to see Him and every knee is to bend and every head is to bow, and the rich man, and the bond man, and the free man flee to the rocks and mountains and say, Hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, His descent to earth is not going to be quick like a rocket: It will be a slow, but continual descent. God does it that way to actually draw attention, because this is one display that He wants all attention drawn to. That is why He will shut the lights off. Man’s program will end. Well when we pull our attention away from that visible return and come back to His mystical return, it is the secret coming. This is part A: Because He comes for His bride Church before He comes back with His Church. That is why it reads like it does here. First He gives us what we see in Matthew 24, a sign in the world itself. We see the gays and all this display of theirs. We see the gangs, how crime has a hey day. Evil is well reported of, just like the prophecy says. In the book of Isaiah it speaks that in the last days there would be that period of time when evil is called good, and that which is good is called evil. The courts of our land, and the American Bar Association is as crooked as the Al Capone gang from the 1930’s. They are a bunch of vultures, seeking to use the judicial system to fill their pocket books. There is no doubt God has the number of every one of them. God will not take care of them one by one, He will just make a clean sweep one day and wind up the whole rotten mess all at once. As we come back along here, we are going to pick up in the 43rd verse of Matthew 24, and notice something. “But know this, that if the Goodman of the house (meaning a wise person) had known in what watch the thief would come, he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up.” He is saying this in an illustrative way, Believer, do not be a foolish person. It is not that we have to lock up our house or anything like that. It is just that we have to be aware of everything about us. He is not coming like a thief to those who are watching for His return, but to the man and woman that is not looking, not interested, it will be as a thief. The thief will come and you will never know he came until after he is gone. Let us now go back to the 38th verse and fill in the story as we come on down. “For as in the day that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark.” Well we have a lot of people in every nation on this earth that are not necessarily bad people, they are just not interested in anything they hear about the coming of the Lord. They strictly have a materialistic outlook about life. Do not talk to me about this doomsday stuff. I do not even want to hear about it. You could do a lot more good, they will say, if you would talk about peace. That is what is wrong with the Jews today: They sold out to Rabin. They want peace at any cost. It is a compromise, but do not think God has no remedy for this Jewish situation. The very fact that eighty percent of them are totally consumed in materialistic feats day by day, and their mentality towards the Bible is so traditionalized they just read through it without it having any internal affect at all, will not keep God from fulfilling every prophecy that is still pending concerning Israel. In fact, a large percentage of their population are glad when the certain feasts and rituals are over, so they can get back to their money making activities. The money and peace are far more important to them, than anything they can get out of the scriptures, or those feast’s. Little do they realize that God will have to allow something to hit them so hard it will jolt their thinking, in order to get their attention. I received the Jerusalem Post yesterday, and now that Netanyahu has been elected, and he has picked his cabinet, other politicians from the other groups that were not picked, or were in the labor party that was voted out, act like a bunch of buzzards. It showed their picture’s. They are ready to start picking this man to pieces because they feel the peace process they had working was well on the way, and this man is going to wreck it. As I looked at these men’s pictures, I thought, Jews, you cannot help being like you are, but you are the type of men that caused your people to have to suffer so much through the centuries of time; and yet you want to complain about the holocaust. I feel sorry for those people that were lined up and butchered and shot down and buried half alive, that were killed in gas chambers and all like that, but it just goes to show how hard headed some of them are. They want the world to respect that terrible massacre, and it is right to do so, but attitudes like they have are what brought it upon them. They will not look back through the pages of time and try to learn anything about their failures. In Deuteronomy God told them, the day you turn your back on me, I will turn my back on you. I will scatter you among the nations. In Ezekiel, it said, Your name will become an infamy and the time will come that you will pray when the sun rises in the morning, I would to God it was night. Then when it is night, you would to God it was morning. Can they not see why God is leading them back into the land? They still want peace among every kind of physical being there is, but take no heed to the word of God. It is not just Jews that are like that, when we come back to what we are talking about here, the Gentile church world is just as blind and ignorant as the Jews are, for whatever prophecy is on the verge of unfolding for them, they just ignore it, just like the Bible says. “And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. (That is talking about the rapture.) Then shall two be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left.” Let us separate this from His visible return. I want you to know that at His visible return, every predestined saint of God is with Him. That proves that whoever is there, were the ones that were ready, and that fulfilled this category. You cannot take this group and jump over there and bring that over here. You are going to be ready when he comes for His bride, or you will not be seen coming back to earth with Him, sitting on a white horse. Two shall be in the field. This is the agricultural picture. Two women shall be grinding at the mill. This is the industrial side of things. We have three categories here. Two will be sleeping in the bed, two working in the field, two grinding at the mill. This goes to show that on some parts of this earth there are people that are going to be sound asleep. While others are going to be at work in different phases of life’s occupation. This ought to let us know, that this is that secret coming. We are warned, watch ye therefore. “Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.” Let us hold that for just a minute. He is talking in the terms of a day and in the terms of an hour. Common sense would tell me as we come closer to this period, here is the year 2000, and we are just 3 ½ years away from it. Something drastic no doubt is going to develop, because the city of Jerusalem, as it is now in its three thousand year centennial, by the Jews of Judaism, since King David took it from the Jebusites. But in the year 2000, the Christian people celebrate it from the standpoint that it is the anniversary of the advent of Christ two thousand years ago. Jerusalem is the place where Christianity was born in the day of Pentecost. Therefore we can say that from now until the year 2000, there is in motion in the hearts of various people to make this period of time from now until the year 2000, a time to build up the image of Jerusalem, to portray it as a city that people should be rejoicing in. We need to take a look at this thing from the Arab standpoint. The Arabs are trying their best to prove to the world that the old city of Jerusalem is to be their capital, and that it is to be their religious center. How are they going about it? By crying out that they want statehood, not just autonomy. There is a difference between statehood and autonomy. If they were to get it, you can rest assured the city of Jerusalem will never be a place where Christians of the world can ever go again to carry on any kind of religious festivities or ceremony. The Arabs will have it to themselves, if they get it. However that is why we are approaching this subject and looking at it from this standpoint, because time is drawing close, and something is going to happen. This is the year 2000, (pointing to chart) but according to this calculated time, when we break this calendar time down, the two days of prophetic time will not terminate until we reach 2004 ½. If you have a calculator, go ahead and calculate it. You will come up with the same answer. In this respect, we are not dealing with days or hours in that sense, we are dealing with it in terms of prophetic years. As I said yesterday, When Jesus said, It is not for you to know the times, He is actually talking about centuries and decades. Paul used the same language. But ye have no need that I relate to you of the times or seasons, or such like. Jesus is talking to you and I on the terms of days and hours. I bring this out in this light, We would be blind if we fail to look at God’s yardstick. We can look back from the history standpoint. It is scientifically proven, two British Christian Scientists took a computer and calculated the Passover’s back to the birth of Christ . That is when they fixed the date in which Christ was crucified, on April 3, 33 A.D. This 33 A.D. means the Christian Era, or the Jews call it the Common Era. It is calculated back to His birth. It is true, no history gives you the recorded birth of Christ. But when the known written histories coming from this direction down through time, shows the death of King Herod, then knowing from the gospels that Christ was born before the death of King Herod, and because for a long time historians have been in doubt as to the accuracy of the Roman calendar, because it has been updated two or three times, and it was the Catholic Church that did it. It was no independent group of men. This is why in Daniel 7, the little horn that you read about, that came up in the midst of the ten, you notice what it says, “And he shall seek to change times and laws and seasons.” That is the Catholic Church, from 500 through 800, the monks stood with every kind of history there was, seeking to update, correct the Roman calendar, to make to correlate with the birth of Christ. This is why, when we say it is now June 29, 1996, that is quite different than the way they used to do it. They used to sign it like this, In the year of our Lord 1996. Our modern world, wanting to get rid of religion, God, Jesus, it is just called 1996. For many centuries though, every point of history was dated, in the year of our Lord. Even the King James version of the Bible, that has King James’s name applied to it, in the year of our Lord. Now with this in mind, we would be blind not to recognize the year. When we get into this on over here, we will better understand what I mean by year. For now though, if we can begin to see that we are approaching, or actually that we are in the last decade, because you cannot push this week of Daniel another ten years from this point without running out of time, we will know that our time left to be here is very short. He is going to come, whether we are ready or not. Let us take it right quick to what Paul said. We are in the 5th chapter of 1st Thessalonians. He has already told us in the 4th chapter, so we will read that, because some of the saints have died and there is a question in the body of believers. They are wondering about those that have fallen asleep. They cannot see anything beyond that grave. I will pick up in the 12th verse of chapter 4, 1st Thessalonians. “But I would not have you to be ignorant, brethren, (I have to say, God does not want us to be ignorant. If He has given us certain practical thing to work with, to bring ourselves through the years and decades, then once we reach that decade we should begin to watch the world conditions, how it evolves into that. Because as we get closer to the end of this decade, we are going to see things in the Middle East that will definitely let us know God’s word, concerning His coming, is right on time. Let us finish reading.) concerning them which are asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others which have no hope. For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him. (Here, He gives us an order.) For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, (You will not find any place written in the Old Testament in exact words like this. This is a complete revelation to Paul.) that we which are alive an remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which are asleep. (4:16) For the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God; and the dead in Christ shall rise first: Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. (Now here comes that admonition.) Wherefore comfort one another with these words. For the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, (and the church world and these evangelists wills ay Oh, the Lord is going to come and cry out with a great shout. Little do they realize the shout has already been sounded around the world. They are behind schedule. He shall descend from heaven with a shout, but they only envision the literal descent of the Lord.) with the voice of the archangel, (Remember, the shout is to the living, as well as the archangel’s voice is to the living, but it is in two different points of time. One does not follow immediately after the other. Then we notice this,) and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: (The trump of god is that which raises the dead, to unite them with the others.) Then we which are alive and remain (The trump of God has no effect on us: it is the shout and the voice of the archangel that affects the living, so the trump of God is that which brings forth the dead. Then something will definitely transpire. By the dead being raised and the rest being awakened and brought together in complete unity, and our minds being purified, everything of tradition washed out of our minds, what a day. We will have nothing but a clear revelation and understanding of our to see ourselves in relationship to God’s great time event. I have to believe that when the dead do come forth there is really a purpose of God to be fulfilled just for a short interval, but not going into days or weeks. It will be a short interval of time when suddenly the dead saints will be seen by the one’s still living. All of a sudden, some saintly person that you know was dead, will be standing looking at you. You will lay your hammer down then, you will kick the wheel barrow to the side and say, Something is going on here. Praise the Lord! It is not going to be announced over the TV. No. Paul says,) shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord.” (Together, they are not raised out of the dead, then there they go. That is why I said, there has to be a little interval of time to constitute this. When the living see the dead, and the dead meet the living, Let’s go! So away they go. Nothing then, will hold them back. The reason I said before, It is not necessarily that we have to know exactly what hour, I was reminded that when Bro. Branham had preached the Church Ages, I was in the barber shop the next week after he had closed it. Two fellows that were in charge of the tape ministry, one was in the barber’s chair. I was waiting my turn. He said Bro. Jackson, it won’t be long now. I said, No. He said, The way I look at it, I feel like I have enough money saved to take care of me until the rapture. I don’t intend to do very much more. Well that has been thirty some years. That poor man is dead and we are still waiting for the coming of the Lord. It just does not pay to speculate on the day and hour of His coming. If you knew right now that the minute I close this sermon there was going to be a man out there waiting to give you a million dollars, I just as well close the Bible, because you would not listen to another thing I had to say. In your mind, oh, I’m going to buy a new house, oh, what I can do with a million dollars. You would be fidgety, nervous, and certainly not interested in hearing anything else. Now why do you say that Bro. Jackson? He said that when He comes He will find two in the bed. If I knew what hour He was coming, why sleep? Do you get the point? Why sleep? Why go to bed? Why go to work? Why bother to do anything other than wait for him? As long as we are in this carnal flesh and only relate through it to natural things, we can become so hyper and so excited about certain things. Our main object ought to be that we keep a level head and do not allow ourselves to be carried away beyond measure with a lot of excitement. We could go down through the days, the weeks and such. I have no doubt when we come to that hour when the voice of the archangel will sound, there is going to be things said to us, not to the church world, just to the bride Church, that will not be heard until then. Thirty years has come and gone since the first six seals were broken. That tape I mentioned yesterday, that I got from Henry Groover, as I listened to him, following him were five Charismatic preachers. Hal Lindsey, who wrote the book The Late Great Planet Earth, he was commenting. Two of these fellows are Canadian evangelists of the Charismatic realm. There were five altogether, and they all backed this man up. They all stated that Ezekiel 38 is the battle of Armageddon. Being without a revelation, they push the events of Ezekiel 38, on out beyond the 70th week of Daniel and the great tribulation. Then they are saying this, that the New World Order is the beast, and that the antichrist is going to be some super politician that is going to swamp the world with his rhetoric of peace, and that he can come on the scene any moment now. Brethren, do you know where that leaves us? The rapture can take place at any time. I know they are pushing this New World Order thing, but if you listen to this when it is shown to you, it will have just as quick an end as the great Russian perimeter of Communism. How quick that was: it was just like it was hit with a hammer. If Russia was actually going to be allowed by God to fulfill military maneuvers like I explained, he said, they would have done it back in the 1960’s. That was when they were at their peak. Kruschev stood in a corn field in Iowa and said, We will bury you. Well their economy has not been good. A lot of Russian people are wishing something would happen. There is no doubt that before too long, and it does not necessarily have to go back under a Communistic leader, but it is definitely going to be a nation that is going to have to play her part. Remember, God said He will put hooks in her jaws. He said, I will bring you down. Since that man said sixty percent of Russia’s population, all through its southern perimeters are Islam, that gives us a clue: That is what ties Russia to the Islam world in the Middle East. No matter how it has been politically, or militarily devastated, in that respect, God will allow it to linger on until the appointed time, the time when He strikes.

 

WHY TIMES AND SEASONS?

Let us look again at 1st Thessalonians, chapter 5:1-14. Paul again says, “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you.” He is saying this to remind them, I have told you things, how to look toward the coming of the Lord. “For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night.” To whom will it be like that? Not to those who are watching for Him because of a revelation of the scriptures, but to the world at large. “For when they (who? The world.) shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, (the world) as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. Ye are all the children of light, (If this was applicable back then, those people are all dead, so we just have to say, These verses really apply to us, because we are a generation of Christians that is definitely concerned about the application of all of this.) and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness. Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober. For they that sleep sleep in the night. But let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation. For God hath not appointed us to wrath, bu to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, Who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live together with Him. Wherefore comfort yourselves together, and edify one another, even as also ye do. And we beseech you, brethren, to know them which labor among you, and are over you in the Lord, and admonish you; and to esteem them very highly in love for their work’s sake. And be at peace among yourselves.” I still have a few more things I will state here in the light of the voice of the archangel, so let us turn to Revelation, chapter 10, at this time. The night Bro. Branham started preaching on the seals, the later part of the month of March 1963, I will never forget as he referred to this setting here in the 10th chapter, as well as chapters 4 and 5 where he saw the Lamb come and take the scroll out of the hand of Him that sat on the throne. He said, Could it be that Jesus has left the mercy seat? After Bro. Branham’s death, Dr. Lee Vail stood in the Tabernacle pulpit and plainly said these words, There can be no one else saved. God will no longer speak in prophecy, and there will be no more dreams, and no more visions, because mercy is over. That man is an educated man. That is what educated minds get you into. Education has its place of course, in the world. I hope, when I take a seat in an airplane, that the guy at the controls knows exactly how to read those instruments. He needs an education. I do not want him to be guessing about what buttons to push and which switches he should flip on. Do you understand? There is a right way for an education to be used, but when it comes to getting a true revelation of the word of God, education is not necessary. When it comes to the things of God, education many times, just gets in the way. That is why the scriptures say, in 1st Corinthians, He has chosen the weaker things of this world, base things, and things the educated of this world consider to be foolish, to confound the wise. Let me read here in chapter 10, the way it was brought out at the time, Jesus, this archangel, this is actually Christ in angelic form, here on earth. He was not on earth in angelic form to fulfill that scripture back then. As long as Jesus is still on the throne, this angelic being cannot fulfill that scene in Revelation 10, simply because the scroll was not fully opened back then. It still has the seventh seal holding it. He will not leave that throne position as long as there is one seal still holding the edge. Therefore if He is still on the throne, the earthly scene has to correspond, because it is still closed. However when this is said, it is open. That lets us know we have not yet come to Revelation 8:1. Between the revelation of the sixth seal and the opening of the seventh, we have a period of time when Jesus is still on the throne making intercession for you and me. Look at all the young people that have been born since 1963. That was 33 years ago. Look at all these young people, not yet thirty. There were very few people in this world that even knew William Branham preached anything other than just praying for the sick back then. How merciful do we think God is? We can say this, When those seals dropped down like that, that was to give the living Bride, those who are really Bride people, something to lock on to and hold to. This was to stabilize them now and start them on a course toward the end. It has been thirty three years since then, but I can truly say we are getting close to the end, and somewhere in front of us that 7th seal will be broken. That is when you will have this angelic being standing there with one foot on land and the other foot on the sea. Jesus Christ is not on earth yet: It is the way Christ is projected there, that confuses so many people. When we see Him here in verse 3, it is after He has opened the scroll and is standing with His right foot on the land and His other foot on the sea. That is when He lifts up His hand toward heaven, “And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth: (Actually this is the voice of the archangel, and this cry constitutes these two things. He is announcing an end to time for the Gentiles. Not that it closes at the strike of a clock, but it means everything will be set in motion to bring it to an end. He cried, yes, but that does not mean He was weeping. The word cry, means He yelled, YES! NOW IT IS TIME! You and I are not going to hear that, but it is going to have an effect in the spirit realm. I have to say, There is going to be some people dealt with by God when that cry is made. There is going to be some men somewhere whose spiritual mind is sensitive enough to the spirit of God to know just exactly what has happened.) and when He had cried, seven thunders uttered THEIR voices.” Saints, it does not take a college education to recognize that the word their, is a word that is never used symbolically in any scriptural sense. Any time you find it used, it either applies to angels or living beings. I will put it in this terminology; where we might be prone to say, and the trees were casting their shadows, but you do not read things like that in the Bible, simply because the language of the Bible is always so precise. The words that portray the thought, even the Hebrew that was used to write the original thought, or the Greek, somehow or other it is written in such a unique way, that translators cannot use certain things symbolically. The reason I am saying that, is because you cannot use their, which is a plural pronoun, in a symbolic language. You find in the book of Acts as Peter is preaching, and he is reminding the Jews of that day and hour, how that in the synagogues the people of that hour, hear the voice of their prophets. I run that word down to see what it is always implying. It is always implying either angels or men. It is never used in symbolic language. The point is, I have to believe the man that was a prophet to this Age, regardless of what this modern church world wants to think about it, was used of God to deliver a message that was so startling, so earth shaking and disturbing, that it literally awakened people all over the world, (but most of that awakening has taken place since his death.) That is what a shout is for. It is time to wake up. From the polar regions to the jungles of Africa, it has done its job. It is not the articulating sound of his literal voice that has been heard throughout the far regions of the earth, but words that came from him has become his voice, and it, in one way or another has penetrated the deserts, the mountain regions, the jungles, even the asphalt jungles of our cities. It has awakened people of all walks of life. It woke up a lot of people that would have been better off if they had been left asleep, because they were awakened by something that did not take place in their own church circles and they have put together things he has said, and formed their own opinion of what was meant, and if you were to turn it into food, I would not feed it to a dumb animal. If you doubt what I am saying, I will let you look at some of this literature from the Philippines, as well as Africa and other places. We can be sure of one thing though, There is an elect people on the face of this earth that has been awakened, and even though they have been disturbed, worried and frustrated at times, and their minds have been taxed, thinking, I wish I knew who is right, they are still walking with God. God has let some people go through ordeals like this, and it has done something to their inner being. Slowly though, through the years, it has pressed upon their minds until it has brought together a people from all nations who are looking for truth and reality. It is because they are seeking to find that other brother or sister in the faith of Jesus Christ, that they are persuaded must be a part of the body of true believers that make up the true Church. This thing of individuals wanting to sit at home and play a tape, saying, I am not going to let anyone teach me: God will teach me everything I need to know, is total deception. No, God will not teach those who have an attitude like that. He will stick a foot in their mouth. You become your own revelator and your own trouble maker, when you have an attitude like that. I have to believe that these seven thunders of Revelation 10:3, are seven men, but they are not going to be men that come out of the woods with halos and stars shining over them. No, they are human beings like you and me, but they are men that have been dragged through every kind of rotten deal the devil can throw at them. The devil is out there trying to clutter their mind and spiritual understanding with a lot of this junk others are always sending around. Somehow or other though, the grace of God has brought them through every kind of situation they have been faced with, even much adversity, because, allowing them to be treated like this gives them an experience to let them know how to cope with the devil’s devices, and conditions in general that prevail around them. Then, when they stand and say something, it makes sense. Now the question is asked, Why seven men? I have heard some say, Well the Bible does not say seven men, so where do you get that? When Jesus came on the scene and was ready to start his ministry, why did He pick twelve apostles? They were to represent something. Keep in mind, There were only two tribes in the land in His day. The ten tribes were still out of there. Why did He not just pick two? Because His message eventually was for the entire nation. Keep in mind also, that while His own personal ministry did not constitute it, but when Paul and those went into Asia Minor, it was Paul who said the gospel was to the Jew first. So it went to the Jews in dispersion. Then eventually there was a representation of those Jews in the regions of Turkey and such like. They were not in the Judaean bunch back home, but they were of the others that the gospel message had to reach. The point is, twelve disciples constitute the representation of that whole nation of Israel. Here at the end of the age of Grace, we have seven Church Ages, and a messenger for each age. Why would God not close the era to the Bride by using seven men from different parts of the world? Especially because it in reality represents a wrap up, or completion of that which was to be accomplished in this dispensation. It is over. God has a time and season for everything He does. What John heard, was not for his day. John lived in 96 A.D., but in chapter 4 he heard a voice say, Come up hither and I will show you things which shall be hereafter. He was absolutely in the Spirit, and transported into future time. His body lay there on the island, but in the Spirit, he was projected into the future tense of time and the things he saw and wrote are related to the day that you and I live in. When he heard those voices he was about to write, but there was a voice that said, Write them not, seal it up. Did that mean God had made a mistake? He never has a never will make a mistake. I know what Bro. Branham said when Lee Vail talked to him and some of you probably do too. Anyhow I heard Bro. Branham that night when he was commenting on the seventh seal, You see the reason it wasn’t written, He didn’t want the devil to get hold of it, just as sure as something is written and he gets hold of it, he will make a wreck of it. That just lets us know of prophetic revelation that is applicable to the living Bride, that by the hour this is applicable, is in perfect unity and harmony and ready to receive something direct from heaven. The Charismatic world will never hear it, simply because, if they did not hear Bro. Branham, and if they did not hear the first six seals, they do not need to know what the seventh one is. That is why I said, that on that man’s tape, he said a lot of things that sounded logical, but when you sit back and look and listen and begin to see these other prophecies and they make no place for them, then it lets me know, God said He would send them a strong delusion, that they, (Who? The religious world) would believe a lie and be damned, because they have not the love of the truth. Now I want to say this, and I hope you will understand, because the Lord willing, I am going to take these scriptures that are all tied together and deal with them. There is no way a Charismatic preacher can take just one of them and put his picture of the end time together properly. We have a lot of evangelists today, that are saying the coming of Christ is so imminent, the antichrist could come on the scene tomorrow. Well we know He is coming soon, but the main thing is, there are things that God wants you and I to walk through in the pages of His book before that happens. If we will walk through the pages of His book, we will not walk amiss. We will not walk after any of these ridiculous ideas that come to us in the mail or on TV.

 

POSSESSION OF CERTAIN WORDS

I have to speak certain things to you as I read this literature that was sent to me, because of what you see on the chart up there. I hope you will try to understand this does not make me some big I. I am just an insignificant fellow, but there are some people who would probably like for me to take some disease and die. Nevertheless that is in the hands of God. It was the year 1993, when in a dream I saw myself come into possession of certain words. In the dream I did not know what they were, but I saw myself take a piece of paper and write something down. I immediately said to myself, This is going to lead to something. Suddenly I was in possession of certain numbers also. I saw myself write them down. I did not know whether they were dates or numbers related to some other subject or what. I immediately wrote this all down and began to say to my wife, Honey this is all going to lead to something. The scene changed and I see myself speaking to my people in Faith Assembly, saying, Set these words down and do not forget them. This is all going to come together and form a great picture of understanding something about the coming of our Lord. Then the scene changed again and I saw a large gathering of people. They were coming from all over the world. I see all these people assembling and talking about the great feeling they have inside their hearts about the coming of Jesus. Everyone that I saw coming had such an expression of happiness. At this time I noticed there was one thing about everyone who was coming to this great assembly. Each person had in their hand, not in their pocket, a small bottle of holy anointing oil. This bottle was no larger than a person’s thumb. One thing was noticeable, each person had received their bottle of oil directly from God, not from man. No one was allowed into this great assembly unless they had their bottle of holy anointing oil. However there was no man standing at the door or entrance into this great assembly to check them. Again I see myself saying to people, remember these words, do not forget them, we are about to learn something. Then the scene changed again. At this time Bro. William Branham came into the scene. He stood in front of the assembly and began to speak. I could hear him saying things that were lifting the heart’s of the people into a great feeling of expectancy. My own heart is thrilled with what is being said. I hear myself saying in a low voice to those standing nearby, What did I tell you? Did I not tell you we are going to learn something? Do you remember those words I told you I had received? The atmosphere at this time was thrilling and the aroma coming from all those little bottles of oil was so sweet. Then the scene changed and I saw myself speak out to the people and say, I want to tell you of a dream I had concerning this great event. Then I began to speak to them the same words that I am now telling you of what I saw in this dream and what I had heard. It was while telling of the dream within a dream that I woke up at exactly 5:01 A.M. July 14th 1993. The move of the spirit started in a major sense in 1994. I have to say people are getting a little bottle of anointing oil, just enough to do the job. Just enough to fulfill what we are supposed to. We are not carrying it in buckets. Just a little bottle of oil. It is a personal Holy Ghost experience. Now I believe, and I have said this for years, Since this church world has taken Bro. Branham and made him look like a false prophet, God will take his image and project it to individuals in a way to convey certain things He wants them to see and understand. Just remember, this very thing was done in the days when Jesus walked on earth among mankind. Jesus stood looking at a multitude one day and said, Verily verily I say unto you, there are some of you standing here that shall not taste of death until they have seen the Son of man coming in the power and glory of His kingdom. Several days later He took Peter, James and John with Him and they became personal witnesses of the very thing He spoke of. He took them up to a high mountain with Him. The Bible says He was transfigured there before them. The person of Jesus was transfigured from the apparel He was actually wearing, but He was actually changed into the personality or the person in glorification, the person He will be when He comes back to earth again. You will notice in that vision, that they also saw two Old Testament prophets standing talking to Him. Of course we have those in religion today who say, Oh you believe in talking to the dead. Well in the first place, we are not bringing them back from hell, or anything like that, but if God wants to send their image to stand before us for some reason, that is His decision. He does not send the person back, He just sends their image. The Holy Ghost is that omnipresent, omnipotent spirit, the very Spirit that is God the Creator, but just working in a different office work. He can take the image and expression of any person and project it to anyone He wants to, just like a movie screen. That is what He did that day. Those three disciples saw Moses and Elijah of old appear on the scene and heard them talk to Jesus about His pending death. Jesus, being God incarnate, stood there and listened to those two prophets speak to Him about the things He was about to suffer. It is already written in certain scriptures how He is a man of sorrows, acquainted with grief and on and on. He knew that. But they were going to tell Him things that were not written, how that cross and dying and everything was going to be. Those disciples heard all of that and became witnesses of it. Now if that could take place then, to set a type, that before Jesus will appear visibly to this earth in His glorified form as Revelation 19 portrays it, He will be preceded in Israel, in the first part of that week, by two men moving under the anointing of Moses and Elijah, so what is so strange about that? That is why the whole thing was typed that way. The things they told Him He must suffer, were irrelevant to the next time. It was all for that immediate time, but it did establish the fact that God will use that method to prepare certain things. Well if God could do that back then, and the Bible shows that He is going to do it again in Israel, do you not think He could use a prophet’s image the same way to an element of people in the Gentile world? He has already used it. I get letters from people in other nations, one here and there, how they have been through group after group after group. Their minds have been so subjected to the harassment of the teachings and things that are circulating around, nevertheless, once in awhile God would let the image of that little man break through to them and that is what cleared the clouds of confusion. I cannot help but believe that God will play a trick on this church world some day soon, but something that will be so unique, you would not tell the church world ahead of time: for they would not believe such a thing. God knows, that when that hour of time arrives, you are not going to be telling it to anyone. It is just for the true bride saints.

EXPLANATION OF CERTAIN PROPHECIES

When I had the dream that I read to you, about the passages of scriptures and the chapters, at first there were seven that really began to stand out, but as time went on, it seemed like another passage of scripture would just drop down and begin to line right up in the picture. I have remembered from years gone by, after WW2, what prophetic preachers would say in regards to the antichrist, the beast, and so forth, and we know that all of that was just a school of thought. Certain points of what was brought out were true, and they are still true, but now we are hearing preachers who all of a sudden have jumped on the band wagon of popular thought and are saying, The New World Order is going to be the beast. They picture the antichrist as some super politician anointed of Satan, who has a slick, cunning way of saying things, and he will be seen as a man of peace and will deceive the world. Well I believe, and not just because I am saying it, that this will put a picture together in your mind’s that will let you know just exactly how it is all going to come about. There are a lot of details that time itself will fill in, how politicians think certain things. Remember though, no politician is trying to fulfill the Bible. He has in his mind certain things He wants to put forth as the objective. Then as certain things come along and time passes, God intervenes and wrecks the process of mankind, to make the whole thing go His way. We will see how it all comes together as we go along. Right now, I am going to ask Bro. Engman to turn to Amos 9:11-12. This is a scripture of prophecy, but it is also scripture that has two applications. It is a time motivator. “In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen, and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins, and I will build it as in the days of old: That they may possess the remnant of Edom, and of all the heathen, which are called by my name, saith the Lord that doeth this.” That prophecy was laying there some eight hundred years before the advent of Christ. When Peter was led to Cornelius’ household, they came back to the Jerusalem church and told what happened. They, being Jews, began to question, What does all this mean. Later we find Paul and Barnabas, when they have gone to Asia, and God has done outstanding miracles. They too came back and give a report of the miracles and things. They are talking with the elders and apostles of the Jerusalem church. As they are discussing this, it is the apostle James that God dropped that prophecy into his spiritual mind. I am going to read it so you can see why I call it a time motivator. IT is at the tope of the list. We are in the 15th chapter of Acts. James picks up in the 15th verse, “And to this agree the words of the prophets; as it is written, After this (Notice that he said after this, that is not the wording of Amos in the original. We have to understand this from the standpoint that he has a revelation, because he is going to separate two objectives.) I will return, and build again the tabernacle of David, (After what? That is the point. After what? James had the understanding.) which is fallen down; (At that time there was a temple still standing, so James is looking through the prophecy to a later time.) and I will build again the ruins thereof, and I will set it up: That the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom my name is called, saith the Lord, who doeth all these things.” You will notice he never mentioned a thing about Edom. He separated the prophecy. He has taken that portion that is applicable to Gentiles and to a time, and set it in order. The rest of that prophecy still hangs there. Therefore we have been living for two thousand years under the dispensation of Grace as that prophecy has been in fulfillment. We are the people that He came among the heathen to take out of the heathen a people that would bear His name. Now we just have to realize that the time for that is just about to close out. Here, is the 70th week of Daniel starting right here. (Pointing to chart) We are right here in the year 1996, just 3 ½ years this side of the year 2000, according to the Julian Calendar. Gentiles have approximately eight years of time left, if the calendar itself is right. This is what that red line represents. If that Roman Calendar is right, then we have eight years approximately, until that week of Daniel is ushered in. It means that something is being set in motion to cut the dispensation of Grace off. It is not that we are looking for something to go “BANG,” and the change is made, but we can see conditions being set in motion that you cannot help but realize that grace to the Gentiles is now coming to a close. That means God will then be in the process of going back to the Jews to close out the time of His dealing with mankind in Regeneration, because He has already been fifty years bringing the Jews home, getting ready for the gradual rebuilding, restoring, settling the Jews back in the land. When the time is wright, then the top part of that prophecy goes into effect. With that in mind, let me ask you, Why was Edom mentioned in it? It is important, and we are going to see this. When they say the New World Order is going to do this, and this, and this, sure, if God would allow them enough time, this is what would happen, because it is in their mind to bring certain things to pass. However you cannot read Revelation 13 and see the reviving of the old Roman geographical territorial beast system, that has come up out of the waters for these last days, and get that out of it. It still has ten horns. It has now seven heads. It has one that was wounded, but healed. Therefore I would have to defy any prophetic preacher who tries to work a new world order into that picture. The New World Order does not have a thing on it that has been wounded. Anyone with any spiritual understanding ought to know that. IT is a twentieth century thing that has been devised by politicians who did not have anything in their mind about what picture the Bible portrays. In fact it is a detour, a substitute, because politicians of the world today do not want anything written in this Bible as prophecy to come to pass. As we get closer to the end, from the political and the secular world, everything will be set in motion to defy the reality of the Bible. This is why we are going to see God, for a little period of time before that week of Daniel is set in motion, literally shock this world into reality, by causing situations to go completely opposite to their thinking. I have to say, if it went the way these prophetic preachers are preaching it, God would get no glory in anything, He is not recognized in one thing. Now as we see the time motivator beginning to change, and know the Tabernacle of David is going to be rebuilt, we also know that Edom has got to be dealt with. Therefore I will ask you to open your Bible’s to the book of Micah, where we will read next. These prophecies have been laying here for centuries and they are written in such hidden ways, that when natural minded man reads them, he never knows where to place them. Many times prophetic preachers take the major prophecies that they can put together with a certain amount of accuracy and build a school of thought, then they treat all the rest of these minor prophecies as irrelevant, not giving them any importance, usually saying, Well, maybe they have already been fulfilled in some other period of time. It will not be that way. Let us read from Micah 7:11. This is a prophecy that is very relevant “In the day that thy walls are to be built, in that day shall the decree be far removed.” This is speaking in conjunction with the time God has caused His people to be scattered to the ends of the earth, as we read in Deuteronomy, but in the last days He would redeem them and restore them, and of course when that has been fulfilled, it brings it to an end. “In that day also he shall come even to thee from Assyria (This is talking about the regathering of the children of Israel.) and from the fortified cities, and from the fortress even to the river, and from sea to sea, and from mountain to mountain.” Verse 13 sounds like it is so insignificant, but it points to something that is very significant. “Notwithstanding (or however) the land shall be desolate because of them that dwell therein, for the fruit of their doings.” That is talking about the Arabs that came in and occupied the land through the centuries that the Jews have been gone. Because of the way they lived, the cities have become desolate, run down, just in shambles. The country, the agricultural land had grown up in bushes, simply because the Arabs are not farmers. They have a few goats and a few sheep, and they just mostly sat around and smoked their Turkish tobacco and drank their strong coffee and lived to be 102. Why did you say that Bro. Jackson? In 1968, when we were at Mt. Calvary where Christ was crucified, there is a cemetery there, an Islam cemetery. When we were coming down from there, close to the gate, there were some Arabs digging a grave. We stopped and talked with them. We asked, was it a friend. Yes, he was 102 years old. If you could see these Arabs sitting, smoking their Turkish tobacco and drinking their coffee that looks like black motor oil, you would understand why I say this. Anyhow this is the key that unlocks the chain. “IN THAT DAY,” and that day is coming up. That is why things have been going like they have in Israel. That day is approaching. Let us now take it from verse 14. This is talking about how the children of Israel are to be fed in the land. “Feed thy people with thy rod, the flock of thine heritage, which dwell solitarily in the wood, in the midst of Carmel: let them feed in Bashan and Gilead, (Gilead is over on the other side of the river, in the land of Jordan.) as in the days of old.” That is a prophecy that foretells definitely that there will be Jewish people restored to those areas and they will feed there, they will eat there, they will live there as they did in the days of old. Here comes the thing that really opens it up. “According (God is asking us to go back to the book of Exodus and the closing of Genesis, and Numbers, we read it all through the Torah, the first five books of the Bible.) to the days of thy coming out of the land of Egypt will I show unto him (who! Israel) marvelous things. The nations shall see and be confounded at all their might: (Think what the western world has invented through modern military technology, weaponry, the kill power, the destructive means to wage warfare and lay land desolate, laser weapons growing in tremendous potential and all such like.) they shall lay their hand upon their mouth, (What is this a picture of? It is a picture of a person surprised, startled.) their ears shall be deaf. They shall lick the dust like a serpent, they shall move out of their holes like worms of the earth: they shall be afraid of the Lord our God, and shall fear because of thee.” I would have to defy any prophetic preachers that want to deny that this is going to be before the week of Daniel. Let me say this, Israel will be fighting no wars through this period. (During or after the week of Daniel) Once we get here, Jesus is coming and smiting the earth with wrath because Armageddon will have been fought already. It has already left its devastation by this time. But now Jesus hits the earth with the wrath that will really lay things in a state of devastation. From then on the earth will be enjoying a thousand years of peace, so do not try to bring these scriptures over here. (Pointing to the chart) They have to be fulfilled between now and the time the week of Daniel starts. I realize it is a large category, but they overlap each other and constitute a picture of an end time prophetic development in the Middle East. Now we want to go to the scripture that tells us why all of this comes about. Go to Zechariah. The reason we can say we are close, is because everyone knows by now that since the Palestinian Arabs under Yassar Arafat, and the Israeli government under Rabin and Peres have for the past three years, been working on a plan that is coming to the forefront. It started out autonomy. That was the original plan, but I have a document at home stating that from 1991, 1992, through 1993, Rabin and Peres, with a French politician, had secretly designed this thing, and it was all agreed upon by Yassar Arafat, but it was never put out in the daily news. The Jewish people were deceived in this sell out of their nation to an Arab peace agreement. With that, it was agreed that Israel would eventually withdraw to the original 1967 war borders, leaving old Jerusalem as the capital of a Palestinian state. You never ready anything like that in the daily Newspapers. This was a secret sell out. By 1994 there was a letter passed from Rabin through a French politician, (and it gives his name) to the Vatican. The Vatican accepted this plan. In this, by the time the year 2000 is approaching, Jerusalem will be handed over to the Vatican for a world city, representing all the three major religions of the world. The Vatican being the administrator of it. Sure, if God lets politicians do things their way, there are a lot of things that can take place, because they do not do things the way the book says they should. There is coming a time very shortly, when you can go to the Bible instead of to your World News Analysts, to learn what is going to happen next in the Middle East.

 

WILL GOD ALLOW ISRAEL TO BECOME AGGRESSIVE?

When you hear of someone getting shot, the world thinks that is horrible. That is a terrible thing, especially when it is for some senseless reason, but there are times when it is ordained of God. You ought to read a little of the history about the period of the Maccabees. They were priests, but they were priests that were loyal to the cause of God at a time when the rest had sold out to the Syrian government. When they disguised their weapons and planned that terrible massacre of priests, the modern world would call it barbaric. Yes, but wait until God gets through with this picture that is just ahead. You are going to see God do some barbaric, inhumane things, according to the way the world looks at things: They will be things that will make the world shudder. He has got to do it that way in order to get attention to Himself. It says here in Zechariah 12:2, “Behold, I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling.” I have used a glass of water many times to illustrate a cup of trembling situation. It means every time you pick it up, the ones involved, there is something inside of them that makes them nervous. Nevertheless they are responsible, and they are required by God to become part of the picture. “Behold, I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling unto all the people round about,” That is the Arabs: They are the ones that want it. They are the ones that want it. They are the ones demanding it. They are the ones that agreed with Rabin and Peres that it would eventually be turned over to them to become their religious capital, at the head of a Palestinian state. The Palestinians agreed it would be the religious capital because of their mosque, but the Palestinians in return were to administrate their state from another city, from the secular standpoint. Anyway when we see this, let us be assured that this is the key, this is the thing that determines how God will return and build again the tabernacle of David, and close up the breeches thereof when He is finished getting His Gentiles Church together, He will also work in restoring and rebuilding all of what we are reading about. There is one thing noticeable, certain prophecies speak the major objective twice. That proves you cannot place that prophecy anywhere else, because it only belongs to a picture where there are other prophecies that speaks the major objective twice. I will show you what I mean by that. In the second verse it is talking about the Arabs getting involved. We have heard much about that. Yasser Arafat and the Palestinians are demanding a Palestinian state, with Jerusalem as the capital. I have the latest news from the Internet yesterday, everybody knows Clinton has been in Europe with the seven industrial nations, the political rich nations of the world. They are all broke. They are talking about world conditions. IT shows one line, and they all agreed that for there to be peace in the Middle East the Jews must be willing to give up land. That is what they think. But they will not give up land. Watch what I tell you. There may be pressures that come and politicians might try to maneuver into focus, but I will have to say this, If God wants it to go a certain route, you rest assured, He will let those Palestinians do a terrible thing by creating a massacre. God has to do something to make those Jews get their heads together. As long as they are secular minded, monetary minded, and they only want their land and to be identified as being a Jew, if they are not back there for a religious purpose, then the land may as well be given to the Navajo Indians. It would make more sense. If a Jew should hear this, I want him to understand the picture, and I say, Shame on you, claiming to be a seed of Abraham and all you have on your mind is your identity. You want to be back in the land that was given to your father Abraham, for what reason? To make money? To be left alone? You know God did not call Abraham just to be a monetary head of some kind of political nation. God ordained that through Abraham and his seed there would be a revelation of the one true God, and through Him a plan of redemption one day would be unfolded and exemplified to every family and race on the face of this earth. Keep in mind all you Jews, We Gentiles got our Bible from you. It is your book. It is a shame you lost your way through it by your tradition. You look upon us Gentiles in ancient times as dirty dogs. We were. But we Gentiles today, the ones that are Christians, can look upon you Jews as stubborn, bull headed, and people that God has to beat something into your brain before you will wake up and realize who you really are. To those same Jews I will say this, That is what He had to do in Egypt, to get the attention of your forefathers and get them to the point they were ready to get out of there. Saints, Listen to me, The day will come when Jerusalem becomes an international problem. The Arabs will be the first ones to pick it up. That is what their conference was all about last week. They all agreed that there should be a Palestinian state with east Jerusalem as the capital. That means somewhere in the days and weeks and months ahead, the Palestinian Arabs in the land, along with the counterpart where they came from, are all going to get their heads together, and start pressing this new leader, Netanyahu. He has already stated he will do everything he can to work for peace. I believe he will. But I tell you, That man is not a fool. The man knows the tactics of the Arabs. He will cause them to make the first move of course, and then he will do what he must. I believe it is safe to say this, The Arabs will have the first opportunity to negotiate and bring this about, but it will fail. Once it fails and every Arab has let his decision be known, still Netanyahu says never, no never. (This message was preached June 30, 1996.) Well the Arabs will be afraid to open up with warfare all of a sudden, because they have not forgotten 1967. They will first turn to the United Nations. No matter what they do, God has His own plans for them. Let us look at this 3rd verse. “And in that day will I make Jerusalem a burdensome stone for all people: all that burden themselves with it shall be cut in pieces, though all the people of the earth be gathered together against it.” It does not say round about, this time: It says all people. All that burden themselves with it is the international body of the U.N., New World Order peace negotiators. Notice though, what God said He would do. They shall be cut in pieces. Though all the people of the earth be gathered together against it, they will not alter the plan of God one bit. They shall be cut in pieces. Why? It means the time has come when there are some things that are going to come together the way the Creator wants them to. There are things now, ready to be unfolded, that gets God’s attention. “In that day, saith the Lord, I will smite every horse with astonishment.” That is God’s way of saying that everything the enemy brings against Israel, He will absolutely render it useless. The Arabs are not coming against the Jews with horses: We all know that. Horsepower is what you should look for, that which propels modern weaponry. Regardless of what they use, God will render it useless. We can see it also says in verse 5, “And the governors of Judah shall say in their heart, The inhabitants of Jerusalem shall be my strength in the Lord of hosts their God.” This never would have been said as long as there was a Rabin and a Peres in power, because they had an anti-scriptural objective in all that they planned to do. “In that day will I make the governors of Judah like an hearth of fire among the wood.” In other words, they are going to set the area of fire. They are going to agree together. They are not going to listen to politicians of the world any longer. They will tolerate it up to a point, but then, they will go the way they are supposed to go. Once the negotiations break down and the leaders of Israel realize they cannot continue to go the route they have followed for fifty some years because it has brought them nothing but trouble, then they will go it alone. That is because in the final analysis Jerusalem must be restored back to its rightful inhabitants. They are going to get the revelation at that time. When Jerusalem has its Jewish inhabitants, then God will be their strength. It says, in the 9th verse, “And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will seek to destroy all the nations that come against Jerusalem.” That is not a military confrontation. That is a diplomatic, political confrontation. This is God’s way of getting it out of the hands of international diplomacy and putting it back into the hands of the governmental leadership of the nation of Israel. Notice verse 10, how it puts you right in the 11th chapter of Revelation. “And I will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the spirit of grace.” That means it is not going to be Arabs in Jerusalem that the spirit is going to be poured out upon, it is going to be Jews. In that light I believe we can say this, If and whenever the diplomatic negotiating process does break down, and Israel has to face the reality of how to defend what they feel is rightfully theirs, this puts them before God and the world. That is when they will realize they must go it alone. Let me finish reading verse 10. “And I will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they shall look upon me whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for Him, as one mourneth for his only son, and shall be in bitterness for Him, as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.” Now let us look at the next prophecy, which is found in Numbers 24. When they were coming through the wilderness, in the days of coming out of Egypt, we know Balak wanted Balaam to come and curse this people. On three occasions Balaam tried it and did not succeed in doing so. Finally Balaam decides before he leaves the area he is going to say, Balak, Come, I want to show you something. Verse 14, “And now, behold, I go unto my people: come therefore, and I will advertise (or show) thee what this people shall do to thy people in the latter days.” Now saints, when the Bible says latter days, it did not mean in the Middle Ages. He is pointing down to the end time, the very time we are living in. Let us now move on down to the 17th verse. “I shall see Him, but not now: I shall behold Him, but not nigh: there shall come a Star out of Jacob, and a Scepter shall rise out of Israel, and shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth. And Edom shall be a possession, Seir also shall be a possession for his enemies; and Israel shall do valiantly.” Come on, you denominational prophetic preachers, tell me where this belongs. No. It does not belong in the Millennium, nor in the week of Daniel. Then settle it in your mind’s once and for all time, that it has to be fulfilled between now and the beginning of the 70th week of Daniel. IT tells us in that scripture what God is going to let Israel do. Why would God let such a thing be like this? You learn from the previous scriptures we have read, that when Israel approached this area on her journey they sent messengers to the king of Edom and asked, Can we pass through your land? We will not touch your crops, we will not get water from your wells and so forth, and the answer was very hostile, Indeed you cannot come through our land: If you start we will come out against you. Read the verses that followed. They did. God remembered every bit of that. When God remembers something, there is not a politician on this earth that can set an agenda to bypass His judgment. God will bring it right back around to them. Let us take that and go over to Zephaniah 2. This is a little scripture that sounds very insignificant. It appears to be. In the first part fo the chapter it tells what Israel will do to the land of the Philistines and Cherethites. That is on the Mediterranean seacoast. They did that in the Six Day War. Well they moved out of there because of Rabin and Peres. Then they moved out of the Jordan Valley. But they stopped short, they did not go across the river in 1967. But on down in verses 7 and 8 it tells us Israel will not stop by taking the land of the Philistines, they will cross the river and take the Edomites and Moabites. Well why Bro. Jackson? Well it is very plain in prophecy. Keep in mind, that in ancient times Israel’s borders were much different than what they are today. If I had a map hanging on the wall here and you could see the land Israel occupied in ancient times, you would better understand what the scriptures say they must shortly do. I would like for you to see a diagram of all the land previously occupied by the twelve tribes of Israel. Much of the land called Jordan today, actually belonged to parts of the ten tribes. It was the Edomites in the southern regions and the MOabites in the center and the Ammonites around where the capital Ammon is today. They were in the background. They were the Bedouin people in the Bedouin desert countries. They did not have major cities back then. They were a Bedouin type people, but they were a hostile people. They were always mistreating Israel at every opportunity. When we go to Zephaniah, the prophet tells us what Israel will do. He will not only take the land of the Philistines, he will cross the river and will sweep that land of Jordan, the Edomites and Moabites will go right under his sword. Here is the key, right here in the 11th verse. I am going to read it. “The Lord will be terrible unto them: for He will famish all the gods of the earth; and men shall worship Him, every one from His place, even all the isles of the heathen.” Look in the dictionary for the word famish. See what it means. It means to starve them to death, or to die from hunger. Now you and I know, that in ancient times the nation of Israel was related to other nations, our god and your gods. We do not relate like that: It is our religion and your religion. Therefore we just have to transpose this picture into modern times. The reason why that is very important, that He will famish all the gods of the earth, Let me just show you why. If God does not destroy some of the impact and influence of the Islam religion in the Middle East, then when we get to Isaiah 60, there is nothing coming out of Saudi Arabia to help build the temple. I defy any prophetic preacher to show me how a New World Order that does not see where these verses belong, can ever figure out that there is going to be a temple built between now and by the time we get to the starting of this week. It will never be built under U.N. jurisdiction, under a New World Order jurisdiction. It is going to be built along with the rebuilding of the old city Jerusalem, under the jurisdiction and supervision of the Jewish government, as they are guided by the hand of God. That is going to cause the antichrist to become very hostile. To think that already, in the Vatican, agreements have been made, then to find out that it is not going that route. Just watch, a lot of people have the idea that this would require years of time to complete. No. It will take just a few months. You have never seen God in action yet, like you will see Him then. When God get in action and He gets to moving toward the completion of this picture, it will all come about very swiftly. He is not going to play around for years on end. He is going to tear your play house up and scatter it to the four winds. He will be worse than the big old wolf. Of course you may say, But how is He going to do this? You think it is not like God, to be out here over the desert blowing a big wind to destroy these gods. It is how He uses Israel and magnifies His power and miraculous workings and miracles, to the point that it literally blows the Islamic world back to reality. Keep in mind that the Arab world is half brothers or cousins to the Jewish people. When Ishmael was first born, He did not have one God and Isaac another. They both had the same God became they both had the same father. That is the way they lived for many hundreds of years. It has only been during the Grace Age, the Christian era, that this Islamic thing came into existence. Because of that, Islam as a religion, is a counterfeit to Judaism, just as Catholicism is a counterfeit to Christianity. Nevertheless Islam is ever so powerful in the Middle East. It started in Saudi Arabia in the area of Medan, which was named after the sons of Abraham with Keturah. Therefore in Saudi Arabia is where this Islam religion got its birth. By the time we come to the seventh century, and on into the eighth century A.D., it has been on the prowl military wise. It spread north into the holy land, and eventually into Syria, then it crossed over into Egypt and went across the North African continent. It was not long until Turkey was under the spell of Islam. Egypt is 90 percent Islam, when, in the 3rd century it had been totally Christian, but Mohammad’s army, under Mohammad the Great, beheaded Christians and tore down their church structures all along the way. The one’s he did not tear down, he turned them into Moslem prayer towers. By the time we come to 900 and 1000 A.D. the whole Middle East has been swamped by Islam. It was all because they are a military conquering religion. It has been opposed to any Jew coming back to their land. It is opposed to Judaism. It tries to tell the world that Mohammad was the last prophet. He was a false prophet but they do not know that. Anyhow this picture has to change pretty soon in order for the scriptures to be fulfilled: For as it is right now, I challenge anyone to try to get one dime out of Saudi Arabia today, to build a temple for the Jews. Common sense would tell you there has to be a reason why Isaiah 60 reads like it does. That is not a picture over in the Millennium. It is not a picture necessarily in the last part of the week of Daniel. It is a picture that begins to unfold as they are approaching the necessity for that week, that there is a reconstruction, and a rebuilding of a city and a temple, because it is the Jews way of getting things ready for their Messiah. God is going to see that everything goes according to His plan and Isaiah 60, lets us know what His plan is. Here, is how we have to look at it though, as we ask ourselves, How will He famish the gods of these other religions? He will work in situations that magnify Himself; and we are going to look at some of the instances the Bible mentions.

 

FINAL STAGE OF REGATHERING ISRAEL FROM DISPERSION

Let us go to Isaiah 11. We are going to skip Obadiah 1, for now because I want us to get to this part. We will start reading in the 11th verse. “And it shall come to pass in that day, that the Lord shall set His hand again the second time to recover the remnant of His people, which shall be left, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea. And He shall set up an ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the outcasts of Israel, and shall gather together the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the earth. (This is a complete picture of the eventual regathering of the whole nation.) The envy also of Ephraim shall depart, and the adversaries of Judah shall be cut off: Ephraim shall not envy Judah, and Judah shall not vex Ephraim. But they shall fly upon the shoulders of the Philistines toward the west; they shall spoil them of the east (in Jordan) together: they shall lay their hand upon Edom and Moab; and the children of Ammon shall obey them.” That is exactly how it is going to be. God is not going to ask you what you think about it either. Well how long do you think it will take? Just about as long as it takes for you to turn on the TV and get it warmed up and choose what you want to watch. Why do I say that? You saw what happened in the Gulf War. Never has there been a time when total warfare was brought right into the living room of TV viewers like that one was. You watched technology being put on display; and saw bombs going down an elevator shaft. How would you like to have been on that elevator coming up? You would have a return signal very quickly. That was im a command center in Baghdad. When you mass four hundred thousand men on each side with modern weaponry, and only come out with a hundred and some odd casualties, if there is not the hand of God involved, I just have to say, I certainly did not look at that right! That is what we have to look at as we consider these scriptures that are yet to be fulfilled. When God opens this up, it is not how many casualties Israel has, it is how many casualties will God cause to come about among this entire bunch of people. There is something laying in the background of history and time that God remembers; and He is getting ready to even up the score. He has not forgotten how His chosen people were treated. He is going to make the world watch how He does the whole thing. Let us go quickly to the 19th chapter of Isaiah and observe how the Bible says God is going to accomplish certain things. Just as it says in Zechariah 12 how the governors of Judah shall be like a torch of fire in the midst of wood, and the same in the sheaf of grain, it tells us here in the 19th chapter of Isaiah how God will work in this instance. We are going to start our reading in the 14th verse. “The Lord hath mingled a perverse spirit in the midst thereof: and they have caused Egypt to err in every work thereof, as a drunken man staggereth in his vomit. Neither shall there be any work for Egypt, which the head or tail, branch or rush, may do. In that day shall Egypt be like unto women: and it shall be afraid and fear because of the shaking of the hand of the Lord of hosts, which He shaketh over it.” Here is how an old school teacher expressed it, Listen son, you listen to me: That is God shaking His hand at Egypt. Now I say, Listen to me Egypt: I am looking straight at you, as I read this. “And the land of Judah shall be a terror unto Egypt, (Why? Because she will have governors that have only one objective in mind; and that is to fulfill everything necessary for the preservation and security of the statehood of Israel.) every one that maketh mention thereof shall be afraid in himself, because of the counsel of the Lord of hosts, which He hath determined against it. In that day shall five cities in the land of Egypt speak the language of Canaan, and swear to the Lord of hosts; one shall be called, The city of destruction.” Let us just transpose that to a modern picture. If I had a map, I could show you better, but when Israel does this, when she take Edom, Moab, and the Ammonites, her borders will stretch to the border of Egypt. She is going to do it in such a miraculous way, Egypt is going to be scared half to death. Keep in mind, That is God’s aim, to scare them, to create such a fear in them they will not have an ounce of resistance left. When five cities in the land of Egypt say, We want to speak the language of Canaan, They are not talking about some old antique language. They will want to speak Hebrew. Why? Because they want to be on the level of the Jewish people. We want to serve your God. Naturally we realize God will have to wake them up first. You follow that on, it tells what is to happen in Syria. The point is, All of this big block in this area is now under the Islam religion. When God lets this little nation with a few airplanes and tanks become so magnified and so powerful that all these people have to see this, he is a devil, he is a demon, I use it that way to illustrate the terror involved. Because God remembers things from ancient times. Since the Jews have been out of there for two thousand years, these Arabs have walked over this land and boasted of what they would do. They are like a bunch of looters. You went to California and stayed for six months. You locked everything up, and when you got back everything was still there, but these Arabs have ransacked everything over there. Who told them to come in and take the land? God never told them to do that. They came in there, thinking the Jews would never come back. Go ahead and read a little further and see what it says. I ask you, What is so important about Edom? What did Edom do? We know it says over in Numbers that Edom refused to let Israel pass through, but when you see Obadiah, he prophesied in 800 and something before Christ, over two hundred years before Jerusalem and the two southern tribes were carried into captivity by the Romans. (I am going to try to portray it in a dramatic way.) Edom, living on the other side, they are in high country. When the Babylonians came from the east and encamped about the city of Jerusalem, there is sitting across the valley on Mt. Zion, and the bright sunshine mornings, the walls reflected a beautiful white line. (Read Obadiah.) Thou stood on the other side, thou watched, in the day of thy brother’ calamity, you should never have done that. When some of them tried to escape, you went out and cut them off and turned them over to the enemy. You jumped up and down with glee when you saw what the Babylonians were doing to your brother. Yes, Edom is Esau’s descendants. Esau was Jacob’s brother. In Genesis, Esau did not treat Jacob that way. As long as they were alive, those two got along together, but when their grand children came along, that is when things began to go wrong between the two families. Yes those Edomites stood over there clapping their hands. They were waiting for the Babylonians to get finished, and then, here they came. (Read Obadiah) When the Babylonians had taken away and killed prisoners, then it says, You were as one of the strangers: you came in and looted, and you drank upon my peoples land. In other words you were like scavengers along with the rest of them. You are not a bit different. Try to think of those thousands of Jews that were led away from there, tied, stripped naked, humiliated. All the way to Babylon they went, a captive people. (Read the 137th Psalm) This is a Psalm written by the exiled Jews in Babylon. It tells how they hung their harps on the willow trees. They say, How could we sing the songs of Zion? In the 7th verse it says, “Remember, O Lord, the children of Edom in the day of Jerusalem.” Why that? Because they stood on the other side and said, Raze it. How many know what raze means? Tear it down. Tear it down to the foundation. These little prophecies have been laying here all that time, scattered throughout the Bible, and very little attention was ever given to them, but now they are coming to the surface. Every single one of them will be fulfilled. The world will not want things to go the way these prophecies proclaim, but they will be powerless to stop any of it. That is why I said when Israel did what they did in southern Lebanon, called the grapes of wrath, because some artillery shells fell in that &.N. camp area and killed over a hundred refugees, You just need to hear the full story. They were really Arabs that had taken refuge there, but back then the whole western world media blamed Israel. Why did you do that? Israel came out two weeks later and told how they found out through intelligence reports that those commanders in that U.N. base had tolerated these Hezbolah leaders to use that base as a planning place, and bring their families in their with them. They had planned their strategy: they would take their rocket guns out a hundred and fifty meters and some a hundred meters, then fire and come back in there. Israel said, What do you think we were doing, just shooting? We knew what we were shooting at. They demanded of the U.N., why did you allow that? Why did you not tell us you were giving sanctuary to the people that were after us? You did not even warn us. Why? It is that type of maneuvering that God does not like. We might have modern, very political, intellectual teachers and philosophers that believe anything outside of that circle is barbaric, but just stick around for a little while longer and you will see what God is going to fill your mouth with. When you see God turn Israel loose on their enemies, you are going to go to bed one night and stick your head under the pillow and cry, Oh God, why do I have to live in a world like this? Well, if you had taken seriously what is written in God’s book, you would have known what was coming. God is getting sick and tired of all this political rhetoric, especially when He knows they defy Him to the utmost limits. He does not care how those blasphemers come to their end. If they cannot recognize Him now, why should He tolerate them later? Why should He let them exist on His earth when they want to desecrate it and mar the entire picture? Well I will just leave it like that. We every one know what God is getting ready to do, simply because we believe His word. No I am not ending the message, we still have quite a bit more to look at.

 

IS THE DAY OF THE LORD NEAR?

I want to go over to the book of Obadiah. This is a one chapter prophecy, but I will probably not read all of it at this time. I am going to pick up in the 15th verse right now. This was written almost three hundred years before the fall of Jerusalem which came about by the Babylonians. The first invasion was around 606, the next came about 598, or somewhere near there. Then there was another one. This people standing on the other side in the high mountain regions, no doubt looked on anxiously. They could see the skyline of Mt. Zion. They no doubt rejoiced when they were able to hear the clamor of the battering rams and the artillery, which was none other than giant slings that threw huge rocks at the walls and gates to tear them down. God, through the prophet Obadiah, years in advance, spoke this. God is accurate, and we can read the conclusion of all this as He has warned the people here in the 15th verse. “For the day of the Lord is near.” That is a fact as we read this: It is just out there a little from where we are right now. By looking at this, we are going to be able to see and understand why Amos 9 was worded like it was. That is the prophecy James spoke of. Because the promise of it was, after He had done this, meaning come among the Gentiles like He has done, then, after that, He would return to build the tabernacle of David, closing the breeches thereof, that they might possess the Edomites. God knew exactly when that time would come, and that the world would be in such a political state of mental attitude toward the Jewish people, which had been brought back out of dispersion, there would be no way that the Jewish people could go back into that land and start building, without being met with hostility, opposition, and world political indifference. The end result then, is that in order to be able to do this building, they would have to contend with the opposers first, and it would be the Edomites who are the major element of opposition. They are the people, along with the Moabites and Ammonites, that slowly filtered into the land to take up residence. After the fall of Jerusalem, they that did that became known as the Palestinians as time passed; and that is what you have living there today. They are the descendants of many centuries of gradual immigration from the Bedouin desert countries, which lay beyond the river of Jordan, into this land of Israel. You would have to know the history of the Crusaders to understand everything about the picture. There were three great periods of the Crusaders. The armies out of Europe carrying the Christian flag, naturally were of Catholicism. Their aim was to go to the Holy Land and free it from this Islamic religion, which to them was a scourge. Islam in the Holy Land, was no worse than Catholicism was in Europe. The two, are both anti scripture. One is anti Jewish and anti Judaism, Catholicism is anti Christianity and anti Word. I have been there and seen where the ancient battles were fought. Those Arabs that came in there were Islam, but many times the Crusaders would win out, only to remain there fore a period of time and again out of the back country, and from across the river, here would come a great flow of the Edomites, the Moabites and the Ammonites, to put together another large Arab army. Then the last time they drove the Crusaders out, that was the last time the Europeans ever endeavored to send forth the Crusaders for that purpose. From that time on the land of Israel began to become more and more peopled by these ancient Edomites. That is how they happen to have such strong holds there today. Of course those that are there today will say, I was born here: This is my home land. Sure they were born there, but let us not forget, there is a very specific deed set forth in the Bible, that says the Jews own that land. In the prophecy of Ezekiel, God said He would bring them back and establish them according to their former estates, which is actually the way you would read a deed in the ancient landmarks. Turn to Ezekiel 36, verse 8, and let us read a few verses there. It is God speaking to the land, so notice, “But ye, O mountains of Israel, ye shall shoot forth your branches, and yield your fruit to my people of Israel; for they are at hand to come. (9) For, behold, I am for you, and I will turn unto you, and ye shall be tilled and sown: (10) And I will multiply men upon you, all the house of Israel, even all of it: and the cities shall be inhabited, and the wastes shall be builded: (11) And I will multiply upon you man and beast; and they shall increase and bring fruit: and I will settle you after your old estates, and will do better unto you than at your beginnings: and ye shall know that I am the Lord. (12) Yea, I will cause men to walk upon you, Even my people Israel; and they shall possess thee, and thou shalt be their inheritance, and thou shalt no more henceforth bereave them of men.” Now if these ancient landmarks are actually to be obtained, then we have to realize, there will be accuracy the way God wants to fulfill things. Therefore as we consider the era in front of us before there can be any possibility of building the city the Jews will have to take some more land, and that is what the era of the miraculous is all about. We will learn if we live until the rapture takes place, that around about the beginning of the 70th week of Daniel, just before the week starts, we are going to see this in motion. We are going to hear of what is going on in the Middle East and the world as a whole, will not like it, but it will be fulfilling the word of God. As I said earlier, There is no way, once this starts, that the politicians and diplomats of the combined western world can stop it. They cannot stop what God has started. God will show His power and sovereignty in such a way that there will be no mistake about whether He is doing it or not. He will use the elements of nature to literally bring devastation and destruction to any opposition, from any source that might want to put something out there in a military way to thwart the onslaught of what He uses Israel for. Here is the end to this one particular people, the main object, as it speaks, “For the day of the Lord is near upon all the heathen: as thou hast done, (meaning Edom) it shall be done unto thee: thy reward shall return upon thy own head. For as ye have drunk upon my holy mountain, so shall all the heathen drink continually, yea, they shall drink, and they shall swallow down, and they shall be as though they had not been. But upon mount Zion.” Listen to this, how it jumps from the great sweep Israel will make upon land of these people, and the end object is that this same people and territory become a part of the kingdom of Israel as she passes through the week, heading into the Millennium. Whatever God uses for Israel to obtain the finished product here, will still be their property once it passes on through here (using the chart, pointing to land that is now occupied by Arabs) We do know that the antichrist in this period, does desecrate the temple. He kills the two prophets and sets himself up in the temple as God. God will allow that, but God only gives him forty two months to fulfill all of what the scriptures say he will do. Then God destroys all of that at the coming of Christ with the armies of heaven. This then restores to Israel all of what He has redeemed, this now puts Israel back into the spotlight, because int hat day Israel will be the main nation from which the King of kings and Lord of lords rules and reigns. This is why it goes on here to say, “But upon mount Zion shall be deliverance, (This is social, national, racial, and everything else for everyone that is going to be found fit to be able to live under the reign of Christ.) and there shall be holiness; and the house of Jacob shall possess their possessions. (That is merely saying the house of Israel shall possess these people’s possessions.) And the house of Jacob shall be a fire,” Well, if the house of Jacob is going to be a fire, this lines up with the governors of Judah according to Zechariah 12. It goes to show many times these prophecies comes in groups of three’s because each one backs up the other one. In Zechariah 12, it says, And the governors of Judah shall be like a torch of fire. We can turn to Zechariah 12:6, and read that verse, “In that day will I make the governors of Judah like an hearth of fire among the wood, and like a torch of fire in a sheaf; and they shall devour all the people round about, on the right hand and on the left: and Jerusalem shall be inhabited again in her own place, even in Jerusalem.” Then it says in Isaiah 19 that Judah, and this is speaking of that element of Israel as a war tribe, Judah is the lion people, they are the military people. It says in Zechariah 10, that out of Judah comes the nail, comes the bow, everything that God has in mind to restore it back to preeminence, Judah si the beginning of all of that. Therefore she is the leading tribe. No wonder that out of Judah, comes forth the Messiah. God will so anoint Judah as a people and lay upon them the obligation and responsibility to set these prophecies into fulfillment. “And the house of Jacob shall be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame, (This shows us the house of Joseph is the ten tribes as they are to be brought back and united with the two southern tribes that are called Judah, which still holds that identity for this last day picture. We will catch this as it goes along. “And the house of Joseph a flame, and the house of Esau for stubble, (The house of Esau is the Edomites.) and they shall kindle in them, (in Esau) and devour them; and there shall not be any remaining of the house of Esau; for the Lord hath spoken it. (He spoke it almost three hundred years before the Babylonians razed it.) And they of the south (This is talking about the Jews that began to settle in the southern regions of Judaea.) shall possess the mount of Esau; and they of the plain (This is also of Judaea.) the Philistines: and they shall possess the fields of Ephraim, and the fields of Samaria: and Benjamin shall possess Gilead.” That of course is across the river in the land of Jordan. This begins to put all of the tribes of Israel back in their perspective. How could this be, if we take away from Israel her right to fulfill these prophecies? That is why I say, It is not how these prophecy preachers today want to present the picture, it is how the Bible presents it that counts. They just have about four or five prophecies that they put together, and then they give you a make shift picture, but when you listen to them, they say very little if anything at all about Israel doing anything valiantly. They look upon all those prophecies as irrelevant to reality. When anything in the Bible is spoken concerning an event to be fulfilled, it will be fulfilled exactly as it says. This is why, when Jesus came upon the scene the first time, after He had fulfilled His ministry, He told His disciples He would be crucified, and then He rose from the dead. In the 14th chapter of Luke it plainly tells you that when He had arose from the grave in the morning, that night He came among the disciples where they were gathered, and it tells what He said to them. Beginning with the prophets and the Law and the Psalms, He concluded, all these scriptures have been fulfilled. He did not leave out any one of them. Therefore every scripture of that was a prophecy laying in the Old Testament, Jesus confirmed it to the disciples that they could rest assuredly, everything that is there pertaining to my appearance, what has happened to me and so forth, has all been fulfilled. Well saints, if that could be true in that way, it also means that every scripture pointing to this day will be fulfilled also. We will see how it is going to be. “And the captivity of this host of the children of Israel shall possess that of the Canaanites, even unto Zarephath; and the captivity of Jerusalem, which is in Sepharad, shall possess the cities of the south.” Obadiah gives a good characterization of the whole thing, but here is a verse that has a sort of mysterious appearance, but we still ought to understand in time where it is to be applied. “And saviors shall come up on mount Zion (That is where Jerusalem is.) to judge the mount of Esau.” Saviors, well we know Jesus is the Savior. How many understand? Jesus is the Savior of man’s soul for salvation, but this is pointing to how Jesus, with His Bride, are on earth, and time has passed through here, and we are getting ready to start the Millennium, and we know the Millennium begins with a great scope of judgment. This is none other than the Bride of the Lord Jesus, taking her rightful position in the earth from where she was taken. She makes up the saviors, plural. She is not saviors for salvation, she is saviors for deliverance of the earth and the society that is to live on the earth during the Millennium. Do you understand that? Let us back that up by going into the New Testament. We find this in Matthew 19:27, Jesus has just told the disciples, He that has forsaken all, and such like, and Peter asked Him a question. Notice, “Then answered Peter and said unto him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed thee; what shall we have therefore? (28) And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed me in the regeneration, when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. (29) And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my name’s sake, shall receive an hundredfold, and shall inherit everlasting life.” When Peter asked, Lord, what shall be our reward, the reply was very specific. Ye that have followed in the regeneration, when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of His glory, and that is what we are talking about, the beginning of the Millennium. That is when Jesus will take that throne. The word regenerate means to renew, put back into accessibility the beginning of a new kingdom that will restore to the planet earth and to a mortal people that God is going to use, to establish and bring all of this about. Since the Jews are to possess the Edomites, the Moabites and the Ammonites, that means they are going to be absorbed into their kingdom. It goes to show that these people will actually lose their identity as far as being an autonomy people. How many understand what I mean? They are going to be absorbed into the household of Israel. That is why we have to look at this word saviors. As Peter was told by Jesus, and ye shall sit on twelve thrones, to judge the twelve tribes of Israel, and so forth, that is in the Millennium. Naturally the kingdom starts with that, but we have to realize this, whatever else is to be included in this judgment, it is God’s way of selecting subjects from the people, that are going to be allowed to live under His (Jesus’) reign. What will these subject nations be fore? They are going to be like a servant people to till the earth, to work and to be the people, putting together their talents and abilities to restore back to this planet earth a right way to do things, and to bring back and restore an environment. These environmentalists today are trouble makers, but in the Millennium they will do their work according to the perfect will of God. We are going to find out in the day of God’s wrath, that everything they have started in our day, will just about all be blown to pieces. They talk about smoke in the atmosphere, and we do have it, and I am not talking about letting the factories spue out all the sulfur dioxide and stuff like that, but they just simply go too far. Common sense should tell us man has polluted his environment. In many places of the earth today, people have little babies born with bodies that have been very adversely affected. Man has actually set in motion a means of eventual destruction, if God was to allow the time for it. But when these people are so concerned about the earth’s environment, that they want to spend billions of dollars to save a spotted owl, it goes to show how stupid they are. They want to shut down logging crews because they want to do this and do that. Wait until God rises up to shake terribly the earth. That is going to happen as we enter into this period of time, and then as He constitutes and fulfills it at the end of that week, that is when He pours out His wrath. Think of the pipelines that flow with billions of tons of oil, they will be disrupted and burst into flames The natural gas lines all over this planet earth that flow form the interior regions into the large metropolitan cities, they are going to rupture and burst into flames. Then think of the earthquakes that begin to devastate cities built on mountainsides and such like. Think of the chaos, the tidal waves that sweep inland. Do you not think that will bring a lot of ruin and cause a lot of pollution? Who is going to be there to put the fires out? I just have to say, There is going to be a lot of smoke go up in that day that is going to pollute the environment, but I am persuaded that the Creator never does anything in vain. I have to believe He has got something else in mind that He will restore, some kind of ozone layer to protect His planet as it is facing an era of being renewed. This is why it says saviors here. They are going to be immortal Jewish Bride saints. It will be their job to rule and reign over this kingdom of Israel as she has been brought back into the spotlight. That is why it says in Isaiah also, that in that day the law shall go forth from Zion and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem, and all nations shall flow. A lot of people have said, all nations. Here, is what it says. Isaiah 2:2 “And it shall come to pass in the last days, that the mountain of the Lord’s house shall be established in the top of the mountains, and shall be exalted above the hills; and all nations shall flow unto it. (3) And many people shall go and say, Come ye, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways, and we will walk in His paths: for out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.” We don’t know how many hundreds of thousands of people will be spared to pass from this side over here to start the Millennium. One thing is sure, there will not be as many as there are now, but there will be enough, in the eyes of God, to get the job started. I have been in the land of Israel. Common sense tells you that you can only put so many million people in a square mile, so we leave those details in the hands of God. As the planet earth starts that era of the Millennium renewal, a redemptive process, it can start out with a very small population. Since we know according to Isaiah 65 longevity of life will be restored to the mortal people, by the time we have gone one hundred years, humanity will be repopulating and we will have an earth with a lot of people. Common sense will tell you only so many thousands of these people can go each year and make their appearance in the city of Jerusalem, so we have to believe what really is implied here is that out of those masses of people, there will be representatives that will represent their people, their kingdom, to the capital, to the King of kings and Lord of lords. That is common sense. That is the practical way of looking at it. Let us go to Ezekiel 25, for a little look at what we are pointing to. If we can get a complete picture in our spiritual minds, why it is so important that this picture of the Edomites, the Moabites and the Ammonites are mentioned in so many prophecies, we will then have a better understanding of why it is written in so many places. Here in Ezekiel it gives us another picture of how this vengeance of God is going to be executed. We pick up in verse 12. “Thus saith the Lord God; Because that Edom hath dealt against the house of Judah (meaning in the days of the Babylonians) by taking vengeance, and hath greatly offended, and revenged himself upon them; Therefore thus saith the Lord God; I will also stretch out mine hand upon Edom, and will cut off man and beast from it; and I will make it desolate (Listen to this) from Teman; (a city of Edom) and they of Dedan (That is on the west side of Saudi Arabia) shall fall by the sword. (14) And I will lay my vengeance upon Edom by the hand of my people Israel: and they shall do in Edom according to mine anger and according to my fury; and they shall know my vengeance, saith the Lord God.” You have to get a military picture in order to understand this sweep. If you can put the picture together, it is God’s way of saying, I will use this little nation of people, and once it starts I will make a sweep with them. It will not only hit Egypt, it will hit Edom, the Moabites, the Ammonites, and it will reach into Saudi Arabia. It will not take God five years to bring all of it to a climax. It will be such a miraculous war, and with such devastation, but it will not be designed by Jewish military men. It is how God will put Himself in the nation, in its leadership. Actually it is God’s vengeance. Let me say this, If God ever gets angry at your enemy, when He says vengeance is mine, it will be good for people to understand, that when God gets even for you, He makes a good job of it. That is exactly what He intends to do.

Truth In Conflict, Part 3

Truth In Conflict, Part 3

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

THIS WILL BE THE LAST PART OF THE MESSAGE “TRUTH IN CONFLICT,” WHICH WE STARTED IN OUR MAY ISSUE. IT IS A MESSAGE DEALING WITH THE GODHEAD, AND WITH THE WAY PEOPLE IN GENERAL TREAT TRUTH. NATURALLY THERE IS NO WAY TO GIVE A REVELATION TO THOSE WHO ARE OUTSIDE THE REALM OF THOSE WHOM GOD HAD FOREKNOWN BEFORE THE FOUNDATION OF THE WORLD, BUT TO THOSE WHO TRULY ARE CHILDREN OF GOD, JUST HAVING A FORM OF RELIGION WILL NOT BE ENOUGH TO GET YOU OFF THE GROUND WHEN THE RAPTURE TAKES PLACE. THIS IS DEFINITELY PREPARATION TIME FOR THE BRIDE OF CHRIST. SHE MUST BE CLOTHED IN A REVELATION OF THE WORD OF GOD; AND THE TIME LEFT FOR THAT IS VERY SHORT.

 

If ever there was an hour that truth finds itself in controversy, it is now. Right here, is a letter from Bro. Segun. You remember him: He was the brother from Lagos Nigeria, that came here about two years ago. Some of these African names are hard to pronounce, but I believe it is spelled right. He tells here how a group over there with a certain minister in it, has taken to prophesying, and no doubt some of the prophecies as he started out were very true, but somehow he did not know where to draw the line and he felt that with this type of ministry he could go forth and really help other assemblies. Bro. Segun tells how they felt led to let him come to their assembly and throughout the meeting he prophesied that his ministry would be the means of a revival setting in and so forth. Nevertheless by the time the meeting came to a close, he had preached and prophesied things that split the congregation three ways. Bro. Segun and about a third of the others came through it feeling like they had victory over the ordeal, but sad to say, not everyone did. All of this just goes to show, that as the Spirit of God will move among a people of the message in different parts of the world, there is always individuals that are looking for some kind of recognition above everyone else. They take an attitude toward certain things that those groups have been motivated by, up to a certain point, and it mentions how the Contender has been used. They use the Contender as a shield. This makes me feel bad. We have not been printing this for twenty some years with any intention of causing anybody to want to take it and use it as a shield, thereby hiding some revelation of their own, or some ministry that somehow or other supersedes that of the scriptures, which we know would cause such a great reproach. However just as sure as we are sitting here this today. As we get closer to the end of time, more and more individuals are going to appear on the scene with motives of their own choosing. It is like the old cream separator: In order for cream to be able to separate from the milk, the whole thing has to go through a spin process. Since cream is lighter than milk, because milk is basically water, and water being the heavier of the liquids, the cream will eventually be forced to the tope through this spin process. There is no doubt that in any moving of the Spirit, any working of the Spirit whatsoever, God knows what He is doing. It will serve His purpose, but it behooves you and me as children of God to learn what the Holy Spirit is, and why God gave the Spirit to us in the first place. He did not give me His Spirit to make me some big shot that can be stuck on a pedestal and have a million people worshiping my flesh. That is absolutely wrong, as wrong as wrong can be. I have always said, Gentile people are silly people. If they do not hear a thing right, they will take it anyhow and go some other direction with it. Thursday night, when I read the mail there were two booklets like this, in it: Hard Truth. Friday morning I set about to read the most of it. I will have to say, The man has really brought out some beautiful things of truth in it. I began to feel at ease the way he had put certain things together, but he came to a part of worship and in the worship he uses this approach that real true worship to the Lord is to be done without any musical instruments whatsoever: Jesus did not use them, neither did the disciples mention it. Therefore there is no grounds for you and me to use instruments in our worship services in this day and hour. He said these people that want to use certain psalms where it reads how to praise Him with the loud sounding cymbals, praise Him with the stringed instruments, and this and that, he had his remarks about that also. I am going to write him back and say, Brother, you sound like the Church of Christ preacher I used to hear when I was about fourteen years old. You have the same picture he had. In the book of Revelation, we read where the four beasts and four and twenty elders fell down to worship the One sitting upon the throne and so fourth, so let me read a few verses to you and notice what is written. (Rev. 4:8) “And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come. (Now 5:8) And when He had taken the book, the four beasts and four and twenty elders fell down before the Lamb, having every one of them harps, and golden vials full of odours, which are the prayers of saints. (Rev. 14:2) And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps. (Rev. 15:2) And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God.” What picture do you see there? I am going to remind him that those elders were not angels. Those elders were men who had been on earth at one tie, and that had also worshiped God, knowing that instruments were a part of the process. There is not a nation nor race of people upon the face of this earth that does not use something to give some kind of sound or tone in their gatherings for worship. You can go to the most remote heathen in New Guinea, or Indonesia, and they will take bamboo and cut big slices and stretch some kind of string or hide over that to make an instrument. They will have with them some kind of means to make a sound. If it is not drums, then it is something of that nature. I have to say, We are going to see more and more of this kind of individuals rise on the scene as we get closer to the end. They will have just so much beautiful truth and that is what people will go after, but then they will hit some other thing and say, No, this is out. All you have to do is be wrong in one thing and you are marked. God is never wrong; therefore what is truly done through His inspiration and leading is never wrong either, but there are too many people who profess to have that leading when they do not even know how to recognize it. There are people in various places that say, Well Jackson has fifty percent truth, so and so has thirty percent truth, and another one has twenty percent truth and another ten percent truth and on like that: Saints, I do not want to be counted as a part of such a conglomeration as that. I hope you know what I mean? I do not want to be part of that type of thinking: for this is all just a game with them. There are some men out here that do not want to learn from anyone else, yet they expect everyone else to learn form them. They think Jackson will not share with anyone else. Well they are wrong on both counts, but there is one thing sure, I did not need their kind to get me started, and I do not need them now, but neither am I trying to make it a one man show like they accuse me of doing. I will listen to any man who has proved himself to be God called, but not just any man who calls himself a preacher. I have stood for a ministry through the years, and many have preached from this pulpit, and even though I know my ministry, if the apostle Paul was still here today, I would have to say, Brother, come on and take my place, I want to sit down and listen to you. It was prophesied to him by Ananias in Damascus, Thou shall be a means of salvation to the ends of the earth. That means until the end of time. What God had put in his bosom as a revelation, will be the means God uses right on until the end of time to touch the hearts of lost mankind and bring them into a relationship of salvation. I will use an illustration. A wild goose has more sense than to follow just any goose. When it comes time for them to go south, or north, it will not be some young drake up front leading the way: It will be an old gander that has made the trip two or three times before. He will honk away, and the others will follow him. I realize as I say that, a lot may get their own personal ideas. It is one thing to respect a man for what God uses him for, but it is another thing to worship him, or to attribute to him more than what he is deserving of. Gentiles have always been people that do not know where to draw the line on anything. They are prone to carry everything to extremes; therefore there comes a time when we must take a stand, if we have a job to do.

 

LOOKING AT CERTAIN STATEMENTS ABOUT THE GODHEAD

 

I have some things written down, that I want to read to you. I have written them down so they will be self explanatory. I mentioned last Sunday night, that many times Bro. Branham, in preaching on this subject, would say, denouncing the trinity, Jesus is God. Another time he would say, Jehovah of the Old Testament, was Jesus of the New, then you would be hitting the nail right on the head. In the sermon book, Church Order, preached in October 1958, Bro. Branham made the statement that Jesus is the Son of God. Another time he refers to Jesus being the Son of God and says, There is no such thing as eternal Sonship. He went ahead to say, There is no place in the Bible where it says anything about Jesus always having been with the Father. If He is God’s only begotten Son, anything that is begotten of a source, that source has to be considered above that which is begotten. An the word son itself implies male offspring of something that a son can be gotten from. Therefore if we were to say, as the Trinitarians do, and even some of the oneness people, because they take St. John 1:1-2, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God,” that Jesus was with the Father before all time, and then put Jesus in the garden because He is the word by which God created all things. We would have to say that the Son was also self existent. In the Old Testament, Jehovah of Old, which is the invisible Spirit, made Himself known to the patriarchs through seven redemptive names. One of those redemptive names was self existent, meaning always was. That which always was had no beginning. Neither does it have an ending. It has no father, It has no mother. Therefore He is in the rightful position, He holds the position to be referred to as God, the Creator, the Father. But if we are going to hold to the idea that the Son was before all time, then we would have to give the Son equal self existent recognition with the Father before all time. This would make us accept as fact what the Trinitarians bring out, that He is co equal, because that is the formula of Trinitarianism. They state that there are three persons in the godhead, each being co equal with the other. If so this would mean He is co equal with the Father in headship. Then consider what a position the Son has been lowered to, for in 1st Corinthians 11. Paul would have everyone to know that the had of man is Christ, and at the head of Christ is God. Something there begins to back up. We are putting a plug in the flow of something. If we are going to say He was there with the Father before all time, and that He is co equal with the Father, and that He is also self existent, then what a position to be lowered to. Paul says that the Father is the head of Christ and that Christ Jesus the Son, is only head of the Church, which is the mystical body of Christ Himself. The scriptures state that Jesus was the only begotten Son of God, which means He had a beginning. Son means male offspring of one who is His Father. Only the Father is the head of everything, but the Son is head of everything that the Father has redeemed to Himself through the Son. Jesus the man, is not the head of the universe. Only God Himself holds that position. Everything on earth, eventually, that is affected by this redemptive plan of God, whether it is the earth, the Church, or what, Jesus Christ holds a position of headship in that, while the process of redemption is in effect. This is why there is going to be a Millennium shortly in front of us. There is a living generation of people right now, that is going to be the head. That is why He is going to be King of kings and Lord of lords throughout all the earth, and for a thousand years the knowledge of the Lord shall cover the sea. And the word of the Lord shall go forth from Jerusalem in that day and all nations shall flow into Zion and into Jerusalem to worship the Lord of hosts. They will literally worship Jesus the Christ, the incarnate God in the person of His Son. I wrote it down that way so that it will give the average person a little insight about this thing called Sonship, headship, and what Christ really is the head of. Was He here before all time? Was He here when Mars, Jupiter and those places came into existence? No. This is why when you read Ephesians 1, Paul is speaking of you and I having been predestined in the mind and plan of God. That did not mean we were already created, but we were created in His mind already: We had a potential existence already. God through His foreknowledge saw us. He chose in that foreknowledge state, that one day He would bring forth a begotten Son, that through Him He might redeem this lost creation He had seen that would come into this period of time of being estranged from their Creator. Yes, we were predestined in Christ before the foundation of the world. The apostle Peter picks it up in his writings how that Jesus the man was foreordained before all time, yet was manifested in His time. That means when that portion of the word, that though that lay there with God all the time, when God executes it, or activates it, He sets it in motion, it materializes into that of being a man. This was the predestined plan of God, to reconcile the world to Himself by this means. He knew Adam and Eve would sin.

 

JESUS – IN THE GARDEN PRAYING

 

As we go into some of these other scriptures all of this will become more clear to you. Let us go to the 17th chapter of St. John. In the 16th chapter as we said earlier, Jesus is talking to the disciples. They are leaving the Upper Room where they had the Last Supper, and He is on His way down the summit of Mt. Zion, going down across into the valley of Jehoshaphat. This is when He entered into the garden of Gethsemane. We know the conversation He carried on with His disciples just before He went through the gateway and told them to stay there and watch and pray while he went a little further and prayed. He is no longer on the summit of Mt. Zion in the Upper Room, where in the 13th chapter we see they had the Lord’s Supper, and He washed the disciples’ feet. They have left that spot and in a process of walking, have arrived at the garden. Here, in the 24th verse of the 16th chapter we find this, “Hitherto (or He could have said, up until now) have ye asked nothing in my name: ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full. These things (when He said this, keep in mind, He does not even state specifically what things) have I spoken unto you in proverbs: (If you take a dictionary and see what the word proverb means, it is sort of the same as using a type to illustrate a point, but it does not bring out every detail. It is something to set your mind looking toward a profile, so He is actually saying, The things I have been speaking unto you, they have been spoken in proverbs. That is why when we go back through the gospel of St. John, every time He would make one of these statements, I and the Father are one, again He would say, I come forth from the Father, or the Father sent me, again He would say, I came out of the Father, and I return to the Father. With these things said like this, we can see why he would say this) but the time cometh (He is telling His disciples the hour will be,) when I shall no more speak unto you in proverbs, but I shall show you plainly of the Father.” Meaning it will be the Spirit of the Father, which we call the Holy Ghost, that is to come and take the place of the person of Christ in our lives, and not speak to us as the man He was, but as the Spirit of inspiration that was in Him. This Spirit will speak more specifically, no longer to leave us in darkness nor in doubt, but to bring out clearly the meanings of things He has said. I am saying it this way all because when we do go to the 17th chapter and here is where some of those people that are Trinitarians, or Jesus only people, want to say, Well right there Jesus is saying glorify thou me with thine own self, with the glory I had with thee before the world was. You have to realize what that speech terminology pointed to. He did not exist there as a person. He was that ordained Spirit of life itself that eventually one day was to be manifested and become a man. In the mind of God it was a thought: That is why Ephesians 1 plainly states how that God, as He counseled with Himself, which means He meditated, He did not talk to anyone. He did not say, Come here Gabriel, I need help. He did not speak to any arch angel, no seraphim or cherubim, I need your assistance, help me make a decision. There was no trinity of persons involved in putting this picture together. It was all done by the sovereign mind of God. Therefore when we see here, Jesus is plainly telling the disciples, The hour will come when the Spirit that will come from the Father, will show you plainly, meaning He will give you clear understanding in these deep things, that right now you have stumbled at, I don’t understand this man, what does He mean? We are living in the end of time. The Grace Age is fast coming to a close. The Bride is not going out of this world with a bunch of confused ideas as to what is or what is not. They are going out of here with a finished picture of what has been going on through this two thousand years of the Grace Age. Any other thing laying in the Old Testament that is relative to our growing in the knowledge and grace of God and in the plan He has for us in the next age to come, He is going to teach us. That still does not mean we are going out of here knowing everything. We are going to know everything that is relative to redemption and what it means to you and I to be part of that, and that which is going to be our role in the Millennium age. According to the prophecy of Jesus, the Holy Spirit is going to make it plain to us, so as we go to the 17th chapter, verse 3, we hear Jesus praying. He has just said, “Father, the hour is come; glorify thy Son, that thy Son also may glorify thee.” This has to refer to Calvary. Then in verse 3, He says this, “And this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent.” We are going to see that there is no sense nor reason for anyone to be Trinitarian, or Jesus only. One is as bad as the other, because they are both extremes of ignorance: One on each side of the road of truth. Well as He continues praying, Jesus says, “I have glorified thee on the earth: I have finished the work which thou gavest me to do.” If you notice when He said that, there are three things He mentions in this prayer. The first is when He says, I have finished thy work. Well what is the work He came to do? Miracles. Right? To do miracles. The second is to make known a name. You find that in the 6th verse, I have manifested thy name. The name given to Mary’s son at birth was Jesus. That is the name of the Man, a human name, but at baptism, when the Father came down and incarnated Himself in the person of His son, God the Father, the invisible ONE, took on that name and became revealed through that name. Therefore the name Jesus, became a compound name in its literal meaning. This is why you go back to Isaiah 7 and it says His name shall be called Immanuel, which means God with us. That is true, but it is quite another thing to say that Jesus is God. When you say that, you are giving the devil an opportunity to take your own word and twist it one way or the other, because you have not explained it. If He was not to speak to us in parables anymore, then it behooves us also, not speak in parables anymore. First of all, some of the parables we might use would be total ignorance on our part. Anyhow Jesus says, “I have glorified thee on the earth: (the first thing)I have finished the work which thou gavest me to do. (The miracles that He did) And now, O Father, glorify thou me with thine own self with the glory which I had with thee before the world was.” Listen carefully, you have to see yourself in your future role, just as Jesus saw Himself in His next phase, because He had not died yet. Did you know, I can read the Psalms, I can read Isaiah, I can read Jeremiah, and I can see myself in the Millennium. If we look at ourselves right, the Bride of Christ, we can see ourselves there. I see us coming back with Him in the 19th chapter of the book of Revelation. I do not have to wait for that to be a manifested reality: I can see it already, so it is going to be worth everything it takes to gain that position with Christ. I was not there when God planned the Millennium, but I can see it through the written scripture. As Jesus came close to the hour of time when He must die, it was the end of 33 ½ years of life. He did not come down from heaven as an existing Son. He did not go around thinking, I came down to die, I came down to die, I came down to die. When His life was begotten of the Father, to be manifested in the person of the little baby Jesus, His intelligence, or His mental capacity was not to go around throwing rocks and teasing the neighbors dog. His mind was constantly on how to please the heavenly Father, because He did not have an earthly father where He inherited an ornery nature. He had a heavenly father; and the scriptures say there was no guile in Him. His whole mentality and psychological makeup was to seek to learn after His heavenly Father. There was only one source and that was to go to the written scriptures. As He got older, how many times the Spirit would speak to Him in different ways to acquaint Him with His role on earth. Therefore when He says I have glorified thee, He knows exactly how, the fact of the works He had done, the miracles, the name that He had revealed, as well as all the other teaching. However as I said earlier, You will find no place in the four gospels where any of the disciples, once they found out what that name meant, ever called Him Immanuel. That was not the way they addressed Him. They addressed Him as Jesus. This is why as Jesus is coming closer and closer to the ending of His ministry, He took His disciples to Caesarea Philippi and there is where He asked them personally, Who do men say that I, the Son of man, am? He was wanting to get a personal report of what was going on in the conversation realm. Well some say thou art Elias, and some say this or that. Then He asked them personally, I want to hear what you have to say. That is when Peter said, Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God. You did not hear him say, Oh thou art Immanuel: We know what that name means. He simply spoke, “Thou art the Christ, the Son of the Living God.” That is a revelation. We need to stop using Gentile speech terminology concerning the Godhead, simply because it does not carry a true thought. Let us learn to say just what the Bible says. There are an awful lot of people afraid to quote the Bible anymore. They will quote bro. Branham, but they will not quote the Bible. That is because they made the quotes of Bro. Branham superior to the Bible. I want you to know, the writings of Bro. Branham did not exist back in 900 A.D. and through the time when the Catholics tried to destroy the written Bible. They gathered them up, piled them in heaps and burned them, but a few were hidden. As time went on they were finally reprinted and the Bible became a cherished book. The Bible, as a written book contains the infallible, written word of God. It was inspired of the Holy Spirit. It has been watched over by the Holy Spirit down through time. It takes the Holy Spirit to interpret it. No matter what language it might have been originally written in, it takes the Holy Spirit to interpret the meaning of passages of scriptures. When Jesus said “I have glorified thee on the earth; I have finished the work which thou gavest me to do. And now, O Father, glorify thou me with thine own self with the glory which I had with thee before the world was,” it was because He could absolutely read through the prophets and see exactly how every prophet had prophesied of His hour. That is why I pointed back to the 6th chapter of Isaiah, because Isaiah saw the glory of God, he saw the temple of God come forth, He saw the four beasts with the six wings, He saw this great train of angelic beings, but he did not see the four and twenty seats. That was not a finished picture. Let me say this to the brothers in Africa, and to the brothers in the Philippines, or India, or wherever you may live, Isaiah 6 does not present a finished picture of how heaven looks. It shows a preview of something that one day will be manifested and it will have its origin in heaven and when it is manifested it will have its duration of time. How many doctors of divinity in the trinity world will read that and say, Oh, but that is how heaven looked. That is not how heaven looked. Heaven, however it has looked, no doubt had one particular visible manifestation to it in general, it has always been a Spirit world. This is why when we come to the 1st chapter of Ezekiel, more than a hundred years after Isaiah, He sees the same vision, but God had added more to it. Now if God is adding to it, keep in mind, there has to be a reason. He saw the throne, but he saw the form of a man sitting on that throne. He also saw a rainbow about that throne. He still saw the four beasts and described their faces. This form of a man was prefiguring the day when there will be a man sit on that throne, but at that time this particular man had not been born yet. Notice also in the 1st chapter of Ezekiel, that the twenty four seats are still not there. By Ezekiel living in 500 and something, we come on through time to the day that the word that had been with God all along only as a thought, because it took God to think such a thing, and as long as it was a thought it was still with God, because He was the originator of it. However when God activated that thought, it means He expressed it by His own power to bring it forth and set it in motion. That is why we see in the very beginning of the gospels, the birth of Jesus Christ was on this wise. If God in the Old Testament could manifest Himself in a theophany form, then we would have to realize also, that if the Son already previously existed, He would not have had to come from such a position down to earth to such a trying entry into the world of mankind. No. The Son could also have enveloped Himself with theophany flesh and suddenly appeared on earth, walking among us. I said that just to get your attention. Since He was not a living being, a living person, co-equal with God, there had to come an hour that God Himself, the Father, the head of everything, executed His thought to begin the process of Mary’s pregnancy. This Spirit which we refer to as the Father of Jesus is the same Spirit that created the stars, the moon and everything else. He overshadowed that virgin womb and created in there the very nucleus of everything that was going to be the little fetus in Mary that would one day be the man called Jesus. When that little fellow was growing up into adulthood, do you think He had to run to a priest, Please tell me what this means? I was reading thus and so in Isaiah and in Ezekiel, who do you think this is referring to in there? No saints, Hallelujah! He knew exactly who He was, and that those scriptures were pointing to Him. That is why when Nathaniel came to meet Him and cried out, (John 1:49) “Rabbi, thou art the Son of God; thou art the King of Israel,” Jesus said to him, “Thou shalt see greater things than these. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Hereafter ye shall see heaven open, and the angels of God ascending and descending upon the Son of man.” When Peter said, “Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God, Jesus said flesh and blood hath not revealed this unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven.” Jesus knew exactly who He was, and He knew exactly how to pray right here, Now glorify thou me with thine own self. He could have said, Now heavenly Father, that vision you gave Isaiah, that vision you gave Ezekiel, let this become my promise. He did not say that. He just said, Glorify thou me with thine own self, which means take me up to thyself. He came out from God, but it was as a spirit of life, not as a person. Jesus was not a person prior to His coming into this world two thousand years ago.

 

COMMENTS ABOUT LIFE AND ABORTION AND COMMON SENSE

 

I want to say something at this time, not to create something for people to get all tangled up over, but just to clarify something. My wife fell in possession of a diagramed chart on how abortion is performed, step by step, the different stages these abortion doctors go through and all of that. The question can be asked, When does a baby have a soul? Listen carefully, all the potential of it being a soul is already there the minute conception is consummated. Please listen carefully to what I say. I am not a doctor, I am not a scientist, but in that moment of conception there is no knowledge in that fetus of where he or she is. There is no feeling. There is no sense of sight. There is no sense of speech. We can say instead, The soul, all the potentials that are set in motion are dormant. There is life, because the life is what makes the heart beat. That little heart is beating, pumping blood through the veins. The blood is picking up nutrients that is fed through the umbilical cord of the mother, into the body of this fetus. There is a potential there, but there is a process of time that must elapse before those potentials are realized. Keep in mind though, the minute that little body has come to the hour it is brought from it’s mother’s womb, something strikes it, and it starts breathing. Those lungs, for the first time, start their job. Everything about that being becomes activated. In a short time the eyes are open, it can distinguish between light and darkness: the ability to speak is activated and from there on, it is just a matter of growth and maturity. At birth, is when the soul actually becomes a living reality. IT is not that the baby knows a lot of things, but it is definitely aware of light and darkness, and it now can relate to touch. You take this back to Genesis, God has created the spirit man first. God said it is not good that man be left like this seeing he has not a man to till the earth. In other words, a spirit cannot plow the ground, a spirit cannot build roads, nor anything like that, so out of the dust of the earth God created a body. What did He do? He fashioned it and breathed into it the breath of life. I am not going to listen to these evolutionists who deny the fact that such a thing took place. The first body God created, He put the Spirit of Adam into; and I want you to know, it had no connection to the Neanderthal man or the Homo man or any prehistoric creatures some call men. Those other things, whatever they were, they were not sons of God. We find no trace of anything they left, like written articles. They were all of a prehistoric animal kingdom that Lucifer ruled over. Genesis 2:7, says “And the Lord God formed man of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.” That means everything about him became activated, because his knowledge, his speech, his sight, his hearing and smell, all these that we will say helps to make up the soul of the spirit of the person, became activated. He then began to function as a human being. That is why I say to you, Let us try to keep the picture balanced, without getting narrow minded. There are people that will take issue with what I just said, simply because they are not content to take a reasonable look at an issue. I get letters all the time, Bro. Jackson, what about this? Please give us specific Bible proof of this, (whatever it happens to be). There are times when there is not enough Biblical proof of something that comes into a message, but a common sense, reasonable look at it, helps you realize what we are doing. We are not trying to start a new doctrine: We are just endeavoring to get God’s people established in the old ones of the scriptures. The spirit of life that came out from God, that sets in motion and becomes the word of God, the thought of God manifested, which means God has activated it. The spirit of life in that little boy carried in the arms of its mother had not existed previously in some kind of subconscious state with the Father, looking at things with the Father. In this little vessel of clay was the beginning of the man we know as Jesus the Christ. This is why He is called God’s only begotten Son. Anything begotten of another, has to have a beginning. Therefore the minute that soul is activated, it begins to grow and learn. Every sense that is a part of it grows and increases. Everything that He has been created and brought forth for, He is getting closer and closer to it. That is why He prayed like He did, when He said, Glorify thou me with the glory I had with thee before the world was: because He actually saw that position He was going to be projected into. How did He know? He had read it in the scriptures. WE see in the scriptures, what God has in store for the true bride of Christ, that we are going to be returning back with Jesus to rule and reign with Him, so we could say, Lord, glorify thou me, for I know this body is going to take on a different state of existence: That it is going to be changed. That change will be part of the glorification process; and we did not have to know that before all time, but now that we know it, because we have seen it in the written word of God, we can therefore pray according to that, without praying in ignorance or trying to bring it to pass before its time. The church world, if you were to talk like this, would say, Oh you are getting too super spiritual now; and I would have to say to them, and you have been sitting in the dark for so long, it scares the daylights out of you when people talk about the reality of the word of god. All you want to know is John 3:16 and John 5:24, you do not want anything else. You are so wrapped up in soup suppers and bingo parties, you cannot wait until service is over and you can light your cigars, or take a plug of tobacco and get involved in something like that. I have seen it just like that. It is a pitiful shame, that churches the world over today have lost the revelation of the time we are living in. They have lost the revelation of what God is doing in the earth. They have really lost the true meaning of the word of God; and they have nothing left to hold a congregation together. That is why they start announcing. Next Sunday morning we are going to have a fellowship breakfast at Shoney’s, or wherever. These are the carnal things going on in the religious world today, to keep people together. Everything on their spiritual table has become a dead, dry morsel, and they have to create something of interest to keep their people coming back. We do not use gimmicks to generate a crowd: We are just here to feed those who are hungry for something from God and we desire more than anything else, to present a true picture of the Godhead and a revelation of God’s word that will meet the needs of God’s true children. Therefore I have tried to express to you something that will enable you to see that Jesus, the man that was prophesied by Isaiah, both in the 7th and 9th chapters, and which John has spoke of over and over, while referring to certain statements He made, was not a person, there in heaven with the great Creator, prior to the time He was born to the virgin Mary. Having done all I know to do to explain the Godhead to you, there is no way any of you should now be sitting there still believing that Jesus is God Jehovah Himself. Jesus, the man that was born of virgin birth IS THE SON OF JEHOVAH of the Old Testament. His first introduction was, Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God. Nowhere did Jesus ever say, I am Jehovah. They think just because He said, the Father is in me and I am in the Father, that He was actually saying He was God, but a true revelation overrides that idea. He said, Believe me for the very work’s sake, but He never indicated at any time, that He was more than THE SON OF GOD. If you read the scriptures right, you cannot help but see that Jesus is the only begotten SON of God, the Father of all creation. In Him was manifested every thought that God had purposed to bring forth to convey to the human race of lost mankind, how He looked upon them and purposed to redeem them. It was not the man Jesus that did the choosing. It was the Father that was in Him that did the choosing. It was not Jesus that designed the plan. No. It was the Father that created Him that designed the plan. Therefore we can say this, It was God in Christ, reconciling the world to Himself, not to the person of the Son, but to the Father. The Son became the means by how the redemption was to go forth.

 

HOW THE APOSTLE PETER PRESENTED JESUS TO CORNELIUS

 

Let us go to the 10th chapter of Acts and notice how Peter spoke of Jesus the Christ. Knowing that the apostles were Jews, we can have confidence that the New Testament scriptures are always consistent with the written word in the Old Testament, and with the thought that the recipient is to obtain from it. In the 10th chapter the apostle Peter is speaking to Gentiles in the house of Cornelius, and in the 34th verse we read these words, “Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respector of persons: But in every nation he that feareth Him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with Him. The word which God sent unto the children of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:) That word, I say, ye know, which was published throughout all Judaea, and began from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached; How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power.”who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him.” I want to ask my critics a question: If the man that we call Jesus was Jehovah Himself, how could Jehovah anoint Jehovah? It makes no sense at all, to believe that Jesus was God. However it does make sense to believe what the Bible says: That God was in Jesus, reconciling the world unto Himself. How many of you can really see the picture like it was meant to be seen? Jehovah created a cell of life in the womb of the virgin, which eventually brought forth the man child that the angel of the Creator had already given them the name He was to be called by. He was given the name Jesus, not Immanuel like you see in Isaiah. Immanuel only means, GOD WITH US. That was not the name He was to be called by. They called Him Jesus; and that man called Jesus, for the first thirty years of His life, knew He was the Son of God, and had no thoughts whatsoever that He was more than that. Before He received that anointing at the time John baptized Him, there was no way He could have performed any kind of miracle whatsoever. Until that hour came, He had no thoughts about doing anything beyond what any other man was able to do. On the other hand, He did not have to go to the High Priest, Sir, I believe I am the Son of God, but can you see anything in the scriptures that speak about what I am supposed to do? No, all the time He was growing up, growing in knowledge, growing in stature, He knew exactly who He was; and He did not have to worry about what He was supposed to do. He knew He could not do anything until the right time. When that right time came, He did not have to ask anyone what He was to do next. He came to the river right on schedule. That is why John the Baptist cried out like He did, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sins of the world.” As the two met in the water and carried on a conversation, and John baptized Him, right there, is where Jehovah the Creator, the head of everything manifested His glory and His power, by accepting this Son whom He had watched over for thirty years of His growth and existence. He cried out with an audible voice, “This is my beloved Son in whom I am well pleased,” vindicating Him. Then by a supernatural manifestation of His divine glory and power, He sent forth that anointing presence in bodily shape like a dove, to abide with Him, even in Him from then on. No, No one saw the Father in the shape of a man. What was seen was the radiance of His glory as it comes from heaven, coming into this man. I will read two of the verses that speak of this manifestation. (Matthew 3:16, and John 1:32) “And Jesus, when He was baptized, went up straightway out of the water: and, lo, the heavens were opened unto Him, and He saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove, and lighting upon Him. (John 1:32) And John bare record, saying, I saw the Spirit descending from heaven like a dove, and it abode upon Him.” They saw this dove. I like to think of this dove coming down in one of those rays, those beams of glory. Not rays from the sun, but rays coming from the glory of God. When that dove came down, it did not fly right into the person of the man. It rested on His shoulder. All this signifies God has taken up His abode in this vessel. God has taken possession of the person of His Son. Now God is in Christ to start this wonderful work of redemption. This is why no Jew, anywhere in the written scriptures referred to Jesus as if He was the sovereign God, the Creator, the very God they served. It was the God in Christ they looked to. When we go to 2nd Corinthians 5:14, we find Paul speaking here. It was Peter, a Jew, speaking, in the book of Acts, chapter 10, and now we want to watch how both of those men spoke consistently along the same line of thought as they presented the picture they had of the plan of God. Paul says here, “For the love of Christ constraineth us; because we thus judge, that if one died for all, then were all dead: And that He died for all, that they which live should not henceforth live unto themselves, but unto Him which died for them, and rose again. Wherefore henceforth know we no man after the flesh: yea, though we have known Christ after the flesh, yet now henceforth know we Him no more.” In other words, Paul only saw Him in a vision, not in the person of His flesh, because the person was already in heaven. That is why you and I have never known this man after the flesh, that is, by seeing Him personally. We have got to see Him in the scriptures and understand Him by divine revelation. It is how the Holy Spirit, which is the author of the written scriptures, will take the passages of scriptures and quicken them to us and help plant a finished picture in our spiritual mind of what has really been going on, that we have to depend on. In the 17th verse we see these words, “Therefore if any man be in Christ, he is a new creature: old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new. And all things are of God, (because He is the one who designed this plan) who hath reconciled us to Himself by Jesus Christ, (We can see it is God who does the choosing, it is God who does the foreordaining, it is God who does the calling, but when He calls us we must enter through the doorway, and Jesus has already told us He is that door. We must enter in through the person of God’s Son, the Lord Jesus Christ.) and hath given to us the ministry of reconciliation; (This 19th verse is the clincher.) To wit, (is to witness, to preach, to testify, to proclaim) that God was in Christ, (How was God in Christ? It was the anointing that was in Him. God did not leave the universe and reside only in His Son. He who is self existent, He who is omnipotent, He who is omniscient, did not leave the universe. Get that settled: He just manifested His power in such a way that man cannot help but see that He has taken up His personal abode in the person of His Son, but He who is in His Son in the fulness of His headship is still in the universe because He is omnipresent: He is everywhere.) reconciling the world unto Himself, not imputing their trespasses unto them; and hath committed unto us the word of reconciliation.” You can see here, another Jew preaching the same thing. Yet he was not a copy cat. They just simply spoke according to the revelation they had. You did not hear Paul saying, Now I want to show you God. We see exactly how the picture goes together, just simply by putting the scriptures together. Let us turn to Hebrews 1 at this time. Again it is the apostle Paul we are reading after. He is writing to the Hebrews, which would be Jews, because the word Hebrew means foreigner. Every Jew that he spoke to, every Jew that he wrote to, every Jew he met outside the confines of the land of Israel, he saw them as foreigners: because they were aliens in another land. That is what the word Hebrew means, foreigner. “God, who at sundry times and in divers manners spake in time past unto the fathers by the prophets, Hath in these last days spoken unto us by His Son, whom He hath appointed heir of all things, by whom also He made the worlds; (keep in mind saints, that this is a King James translation. The translators, being Trinitarian themselves, want you to believe that God created the world, or as it says, worlds by Jesus Christ. It literally means this, God, who designed the worlds, which means dispensations, or ages of time, He designed them so that Christ could be the central figure or focal point in His overall plan of redemption. In each dispensation of time, somewhere God manifested Himself. He used various forms to cause certain things to be characterized and made known, that one day all that which was types and shadows would be culminated in the person of His Son. It was note h son doing any of the creating: It was how God designed it that made it this way.) Who being the brightness of His glory, and the express image of His person, and upholding all things by the word of His power, when He had by Himself purged our sins, sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high.”  I hope you know by now, that this does not mean He is seated in heaven ont eh right hand of another person: Jesus in the ONLY PERSON of the Godhead. Anyhow to go further with this, we will go to 1st John. This is the same man who wrote St. John. He wrote this in 90 A.D. just before the book of Revelation came forth in 96 A.D. John is the one saying this. “That which was from the beginning, (It is almost like he is going back and picking up those same two verses to start with.) which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; (As he is talking about it in St. John 1:2, he is talking about that which was the thought with God, but here, the thought has materialized and now he can say we have handled of the Word of life.) For the life was manifested, (you every one know that the word manifested means, made known.) and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, (He, the Father is the one who designed this whole program.) And was manifest unto us; that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father, AND with HIS SON Jesus Christ.” I hope none of you still use this Gentile speech terminology, that Jesus is God. Say it the way the Bible says it and you cannot go wrong. Argue about it and one of these days God will take your revelation away. Watch out, this will be from now on until the end, God gives people so much potential, but this is the day for that potential to start taking hold. From now on until we are raptured out of this world, that potential He has given us, is to be sufficient to direct our pathway, our spiritual growth and our fellowship one with another. If we look at it the right way and allow God to embed these things in our spiritual minds, it will cause us to grow wiser, to grow stronger, to become more sure of who we are and what we are. When we get to the place we are so complacent, we are ready to argue about every little issue, God gets tired of this carnality, or this nonsense that goes on in our carnal minds. It seems like there is always someone wanting to out run someone else. What a man believed six years ago, by the hour Jesus arrives, he will not believe the same thing. He will be playing around with something else. I say these things because it is the only way I know how to say it and make it sound simple. Let us just simply learn to say it the way the Jewish apostles of old said it, and if we do, God will see to it that every one of those words will become a thought to be expressed and we will see a clear picture. That clear picture will open our understanding and deliver us from ignorance. I am thankful to God for my brothers and sisters in the Lord. I would not do anything deliberately to hurt any of you: I just want to help all of you any way I can; and I pray that I never have to preach on this subject anymore. May God bless every one of you who love truth. Amen.

Times Or Seasons, Part 1

Times Or Seasons, Part 1

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

THIS MAY SEEM LIKE A STRANGE TITLE FOR A MESSAGE FROM THE BIBLE, BUT I BELIEVE YOU WILL BE ABLE TO MAKE THE CONNECTION AS WE GO ALONG, SO JUST BEAR WITH ME. WHAT WE WANT TO SHOW YOU, IS, AFTER CENTURIES AND DECADES, THE TIMES AND SEASONS ARE DEFINITELY POINTING TO THE SOON RETURN OF JESUS CHRIST FOR HIS BRIDE CHURCH. GOD HAS ALLOWED THE GENTILES TO BE GUARDIANS OF THIS BLESSED OLD BOOK WE CALL “THE BIBLE” FOR ALMOST TWO THOUSAND YEARS; BUT HE WILL SOON RETURN AGAIN TO THE JEWS, TO FINISH OUT THE LAST WEEK OF THE SEVENTY WEEKS OF YEARS OF THE PROPHECY OF DANIEL THAT WE HAVE MENTIONED SO MANY TIMES THROUGH THE YEARS. SOME HAVE ARGUED THAT THE SEVENTY WEEKS OF DANIEL IS UNIMPORTANT TO US IN THIS DAY AND HOUR; BUT I SEE IT AS A PRECIOUS THING, THAT GOD WOULD ALLOW US TO HAVE THIS REVELATION WHICH IS SO IMPORTANT, ALONG WITH OTHER PROPHECIES, IN ESTABLISHING WHERE WE ARE IN TIME. GOD KNOWS I APPRECIATE IT. WE ARE USING THIS CHART ON THE WALL BEHIND ME TO HELP YOU GET THE PICTURE TOGETHER IN YOUR MIND; AND I HOPE WE CAN ALSO PRINT IT IN THE CONTENDER TO HELP OUR READERS, SO JUST PRAY THAT WE CAN GET EVERYTHING OUT TO YOU THE WAY IT HAS BEEN GIVEN TO ME.

 The Countdown Is On Chart

I am reasonably sure that all of you have read enough of the Bible to be familiar with most all the scriptures we will be dealing with in this message. I do not intend to try to change you from the way you have looked at certain passages of scriptures. However we do have to realize that we are living in an hour that is 30 years beyond the time when Bro. Branham was taken off the scene; and there are ever so many people running the road with quotes from his sermons and their own interpretation of what each of them pertain to. There have been men taking things he said and putting together abstract pictures to show when Christ is coming. Others have done worse than that and declared that William Branham is coming again, leaving Jesus Christ, the one who was crucified two thousand years ago, out of the picture. Then we have had other characters, and here is one right here, an Oriental prophet, and according to him God was supposed to have shown him how to put certain scriptures together to come up with a certain supposed-to-be revelation. Back in 1992 just before the month of October, these certain pamphlets were passed out freely in the city of Louisville. That is where this one came from. A brother picked this up from the street when he was over there. The title is, “God’s Judgment Day is Near, In October 1992 Jesus Will Come Again.” On and on this type of foolishness has been going for many years now. I have been against it, but I have not yelled and screamed real loud, simply because there is no way to stop it. Nevertheless common sense tells you when you look at these things, that all such is preposterous. We must always keep in mind a statement Jesus made, That no man knoweth the day nor hour. Then we want to find out, Was that just a slang expression? Was that just a figure of speech? We are going to turn to the first chapter of Acts of the apostles right now, and as we go along, we expect to get some answers. We find here another expression in relationship to time. In the first chapter of Acts the writer is rehearsing some things that took place as Jesus was on His way over to the Mt. of Olives where He would soon ascend into heaven from the presence of His disciples. They had heard what He had said a short time before that, so as they are on their way over, in their minds they perceive Him to be the coming King. Of course they did not know He was soon to ascend out of their midst, so they were actually pumping Him for some answers. We come to verse 6 and read this, “When they therefore were come together, they asked of Him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?” Well what did that question actually involve? They were actually asking Him, will you now restore again the sovereignty of the nation of Israel? For almost five hundred years they had not been a sovereign nation. They had been under the rulership of world empires. In fact, ten of those tribes are still out of the land. They are only represented by two tribes. This land was not under their own form of government. They had certain religious freedoms in that respect, but when it came to capital punishment and those things, they were under Roman domination. Therefore the question involves more than it seems to, Wilt thou now restore the sovereignty, meaning will you now kick the Romans out of the picture and give us back our government, our freedom and our identity, the way we knew it hundreds of years ago? That is what the question pointed to, so here comes the answer to that, “And He said unto them, It is not for you (They we4re believers like you and me, and they had a lot of questions going on in their mind at that time) to know the times (plural) or the seasons, (plural) which the Father hath put in His own power.” I will read that out of the Hebrew to English, to give you a more clear understanding of what was said.  “And He said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or seasons, which the Father hath set within His own authority.” Meaning only God, the Eternal Spirit, knows the answer to your question. Well we must try to understand whether that was just a figure of speech, or whether it stands exactly like that. Let me try to illustrate what I mean by figure of speech. You have heard the old expression, scarce as hen’s teeth. Well that has to be explained, because when you look in the dictionary, scarce means you are relating to something that has a limited quantity. Scarce, you hardly find one, just now and then, but when we apply that to, (scarce as hen’s teeth) hens do not have teeth. If you did not know that a chicken does not have teeth in it’s mouth, you might not know what that figure of speech meant, but anything that is as scarce as hen’s teeth is non existent. So we come back to this statement of Jesus and ask, Was this just a figure of speech, or did it really mean what He said? We have to understand that this is Jewish language, taking up Jewish terminology. When we go to 1st Thessalonians 5. We find the apostle Paul using the same expression. He has just explained how the coming of the Lord is going to be, but then he takes it further, “But of the times and the seasons, (the same two words) brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you.” Here is how we have to look at this: This is not just some thrown together slang. Neither is it just some careless terminology: It is the way Jews were saying, This is far in the future, and no man knows exactly when it will be, only God Himself. We know those two words, times and seasons, are applicable in Jewish language. Over in Genesis 1, God said, Let there be two lights, one to rule the day, one to rule the night, and let them be for times and seasons, and months and so forth. We know this, in the language of Genesis, times and seasons is in relationship to a man’s total life span, how man would relate himself to how many years, how many months and so forth. We know the moon rules the months, and the sun rules the solar year. When we take that beyond a man’s life span, we are going into centuries and decades. That is the way we put it in our histories. When we talk about time that goes beyond a century, or a man’s natural life span, we write it up, that we are in a new century. We have just passed a century. There is going to be a big centennial celebration and so forth. You have heard that. Well what Jesus was actually saying, if we could put it in our terminology or speech phrase, was, It is not for you to know the centuries or the decades which God has kept in His own mind. Other generations did not need to know the things God has revealed to this generation. He would not let anyone know that before the time. Now when we relate that to the coming of the Lord, we have looked at our Bible and read through our Bible and many things we read over and over. I have said this for a long time, if the Jewish people who were there in the first advent of Christ had been studying the writings of the prophet Daniel, in the 9th chapter, how the angel broke that down so vividly, they should have been able to come within at least two or three years of knowing the time when their Messiah would be born. I am talking about the hierarchy, the priesthood, the leadership. Do you think Simeon was a man that never read anything? I believe he was a man old in years, yet he had read much. I believe there was something that he read that caused him to begin to feel, O Lord, I just wish I could live to see your Messiah. He knew something, as a basis for what the scriptures say about him. If you never know by any means when a certain event is likely to come about, you would be very foolish to say, God let me live until I see that, when in the mind of God, that might be five hundred years off. On the other hand, if you see something written and you feel there is a proximity somewhere, a closeness that seems to be realistic, you would have a right to ask God to let you live to see that. Anyhow God had promised Simeon that he would not die until he had seen the Christ. This very thing lets us know this, It is not the very wise, nor the intellectual that has the right to figure anything out, it is only the people who are willing to be a part of God’s plan. We have up here behind me a sketch (CLICK FOR CHART) of the first 69 weeks of Daniel. Common sense would tell you, if the Jews knew by the writings of Nehemiah, that the decree that sets that thing in motion starts on the 14th of March, and it was to cover right through to the crucifixion of the Messiah, the Prince that was to be crucified in the culmination of that, they should have been able to realize by counting off the years, that the time was at hand. At least they had a sure point for a beginning. They knew that in that 69 weeks there would be a total of 483 years. On the other hand, theology can put people to sleep and cause them to lose touch with reality. In Luke 24, where Jesus appeared to His disciples after He arose, is a good example of what I want you to see. When He appeared to them, they were startled: They thought they had seen a ghost; but He calmed them, and then ask, Have you got anything to eat? They gave Him a piece of fish, and then some honeycomb. Now that is not just the wax, that is the honey and the wax. He was proving to them that He was not a ghost. But then He said unto them, (We are in verse 44, of chapter 24) “These are the words which I spake unto you, while I was yet with you, that all things must be fulfilled, which were written in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the psalms, concerning me. (45) Then opened He their understanding, that they might understand the scriptures, (46) And said unto them, Thus it is written, and thus it behooved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day: (47) And that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem.” He began with the psalms and the prophets, and the law, and said, These are the things I spoke to you about while I was yet with you. Do you think He left Daniel out of that? That is God’s yardstick. He did not have that written in the scriptures and then put a veil over it. The only veil is man’s own carnality, his own refusal to recognize the reality of it. The Jews had a perfect yardstick, but they did not use it. Therefore they are guilty of crucifying the very one they had been looking for, the One they should have recognized, simply because they should have known approximately when to look for Him to appear on the scene. But no, the did not want a fellow like Him to be their Messiah: He did not come the way they thought he should have. The point here is, What did they expect? Evidently they expected Him to come down from heaven with stars shining, and halo’s poised over His head and all of that, but if that is what they were expecting, it was because they had not studied their scriptures with the right attitude and motive. Nevertheless that is the way a lot of people look at things in our day. In other words, If there is anything God wants us to know, He will sure not send a messenger like that fellow: He is just trying to make himself something. This is a modern, twentieth century excuse; but I am reasonably sure those Scribes and Pharisees felt the same way two thousand years ago: Well I would listen to what he has to say, if it were not for the way he looks: God would not send a fellow like that to tell us anything. I just have to say, Are you sure about that? We are all going to end up in a ditch somewhere, with that type of attitude. That is why denominational religion went the way they did with Bro. Branham. If you dare to mention his name in public, you just as well have stuck a skunk in their nostrils. It stinks to them. My point in talking like that is to say this, We have a yardstick in the Bible and we are ignorant if we refuse to look at it. Some people take the attitude that we are not supposed to know anything about what God is going to do: We should just drift along and wait for it to happen; but that is not the way I read my Bible. When I read it I see God giving the wise believers a foreknowledge of what He is going to do.

 

TWO THOUSAND YEARS EQUALS TWO DAYS

Did it ever occur to you that Hosea 6:2 was written long before Daniel ever wrote about the seventy weeks? Hosea 6:2 was even written before the ten tribes were taken out of the land. Hosea 6:2 plainly tells you, After two days He will revive us. Here comes that old theological term though: well I can see the point you are talking about, but we really do not know whether that is the correct meaning of it. I will agree with you up to a certain point, give a little and take a little, but I am not ready to preach such a thing. There is that old expression of doubt and excuse, but there is one thing sure, If that last week of Daniel’s seventy weeks is as close to being set in motion as we believe it has to be, you can expect a lot of theologians to be thrown into a state of bewilderment pretty soon now. Right here, is where we are, less that four years away from the year 2000 A.D. and from here to that point, (pointing to the last week of Daniel on the (CHART)) is so vivid and plain in the book of Revelation, it is divided into two parts. The first part speaks of the two prophets: (Rev. 11:3) “And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth.” No, not more or less: It will be exact, because it is God who keeps the time, not me. The antichrist will sit in the temple in Jerusalem, after it is rebuilt, and he will sit himself up and claim to be a god, and he will do his evil work for 3 ½ years. God allows him exactly forty two months, not give a little or take a little. I hope you understand why I stress it that way? God meant for those periods of time to be exactly what the bible says, 3 ½ prophetic years each. As for the two days Hosea spoke of, if the two days have any meaning, then it is dispensational days, not two twenty four hour days. In other words, two days of a thousand years each, prophetic time, which is 360 days to the year. Prophetic time is always with 360 days to each year, because that is the way the weeks of Daniel break down. Using our Julian calendar time, you cannot get 483 years of expired time; but when you break the calendar time down into prophetic time, here is the number you come out with, 173,880 days, which is 483 years. I do that in order to subtract from it when Christ was crucified, April 3 in 33 A.D. That is according to Jewish history. I have it myself. When you take 33 and ½ years calendar time and multiply and get the days, and subtract that off this total of time from here to the death of King Herod, you get the birth of Christ. Here is the death of King Herod. When you take the days here, and subtract it from the total, you get the number of days, and then you can convert it right back to the days that evolve from the decree to the death of King Herod. That establishes the fact that Jesus was born 2 years and 89 days before the death of King Herod, making Him born in the year 3 B.C. That aligns with recorded history, so that should not be a problem for anyone. Then, if two days are what we have before God turns back to the Jews, we have got to know where the beginning point of those two days was. The seventy weeks of Daniel had a beginning point. It was the making of the decree that you read of in Nehemiah. Well the beginning point of this two days has to be the crucifixion of Christ. The minute the nation said crucify Him, crucify Him, God had already judged them and was potentially placing them under a verdict: I will take you out of this land once again. It did not happen immediately, but in 69 A.D., you might say 36 years later, it came upon them. He brought the Roman army to lay siege against the city. That fulfilled the last part of the 26th verse, of the 9th chapter of Daniel. From the destruction of the temple and so forth, the Jews were gone, and they have been dispersed throughout the world through all those years, but the time of the two days starts here. (Pointing to the crucifixion of Christ on the chart) Of course some people will say, Oh Bro. Jackson, I would begin it with 69 A.D., when Titus destroyed the city. Well if you do that, Then you are forgetting what Jesus said about the generation that sees certain things take place. This generation shall not pass away until all these other things be fulfilled. Thirty six years more beyond the crucifixion of Christ will put you beyond that point where one generation could be expect to live. It put you over about 2040 A.D. All of the Holocaust Jews will be dead before then, and you will probably be dead also. I will be dead before then. The generation that has seen all of this within this century will be gone before 2040. What this amounts to, according to the words of Jesus, there has to be a living representation of the generation that has seen all of these major developments with Israel, when the whole thing is climaxed. Therefore if you try to start the two thousand years of Hosea’s prophecy all the way over here when Jerusalem was destroyed, you run the two thousand years out beyond that generation. There is no doubt in my mind that some of those who were very young during the time of the holocaust, will still be alive to see God wrap up this whole picture. Why would Jesus have said such a thing if that were not how it is going to be? They may be a hundred and three years old, but their testimony to God will be here. I do not have to search the earth to find out who that generation is: That is God’s business. It is a testimony to God, and it fulfills the words of Jesus. That is the important thing. When we take the calendar time from the crucifixion of Christ and break it into two thousand prophetic years, we are presently just a little over three years away from the year 2000, as far as we can tell by using what we have, and that is, if the Roman calendar that the western world goes by, is anywhere near right. But when we transfer this from 33 A.D. to 2000 years later, 2000 prophetic years later brings us calendar time to 2004 ½. You do not take it back to the birth of Christ, you have to start with the crucifixion. In other words, This time and this time (using the chart and pointing to the Law Age and the Grace Age) does not overlap. This has to be a continuation of how God deals with the nation of Israel. The 483 years or 69 weeks, covers the time God dealt with Israel from the starting of their coming into the land, to the Messiah, and that sixty nine weeks ended at the crucifixion of Jesus, and the seventieth week will begin at the end of the Grace Age, when God turns once again to the Jews. I want to first go back to Daniel 9, and refresh our memory on the fact that Jesus was cut off at the end of the sixty ninth week of Daniel’s seventy week prophecy, and remember, each week is a year of God’s dealing with the nation of Israel in their land. Notice the words of verses 25 and 26. “Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and three score and two weeks: (That makes a total of 69 weeks.) the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. (26) And after three score and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, (That shows that He was crucified at the end of the last 62 weeks of that 69 weeks.) but not for Himself: and the people of the prince that shall come (It was Roman soldiers that destroyed the city, so the prince that shall come ‘THE ANTICHRIST’ will have his seat or authority in Rome) shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, (a flood of persecution) and unto the end of the war desolations are determined. (Now we come to the antichrist, the prince of the Romans that destroyed the city and the sanctuary.) (27) And he (the antichrist) shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: (That will be the seventieth week, which will start when this covenant is signed.) and in the midst of the week (or actually in the exact middle of the prophetic week) he (the antichrist) shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, (Which will be exactly 3 ½ prophetic years of great tribulation, the last half of that week) and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.” By looking at these three verses, we can pinpoint the exact time when Hosea’s two days became effective; and the two days are the two thousand years that God deals with Gentile people in the Grace Age. Israel as a nation, did not recognize the time they were living in; therefore she threw away her chance to accept her Messiah; and that caused God to drive them out of the land once again. In the verse that precedes the one we have been talking about, is a prophecy concerning how the Holy Spirit makes intercession and God speaks on behalf of the people. (Hosea 6:1)”Come, and let us return unto the Lord: for He hath torn, and He will heal us; He hath smitten, and He will bind us up.” That is why it says in verse 2, “After two days will He revive us: in the third day He will raise us up, and we shall live in His sight.” Just think, hundreds of years before it ever happened, Hosea gave this prophecy with such a great promise: After two days, (That means, after we have been out of the land, scattered here and there, for two dispensational days or two thousand years of prophetic time), He will revive us. Now we want to see where that points to in the scriptures. Is that not what we read in Revelation 11? What was John given? He was given a reed like unto a rod, a measuring instrument. He was told to go measure the temple, the altar, and them that worship therein, but the outer court and the city leave out, for it is given unto the Gentiles and they shall tread it under foot forty and two months. The temple and the city that John knew was now in desolation, in 96 A.D., but he saw the temple coming back into preeminence. That is what we have got to understand to get this picture right. To John, that was God’s way of telling him, When the time comes that the temple is to be rebuilt and the city is to be rebuilt, there will come two prophets on the scene and they shall do so and so; and we know according to Revelation 7, the revival that Israel has as a result of their ministry, is in the first half of the seventieth week. It will last a thousand two hundred and three score days. That puts time exactly in the middle of that seven year period of time. That is when the antichrist breaks the covenant with Israel and starts his great surge of persecution against them. Yes saints, “THEN SHALL BE GREAT TRIBULATION SUCH AS WAS NOT SINCE THE BEGINNING OF THE WORLD TO THIS TIME, NO, NOR EVER SHALL BE.” (Matthew 24:21) That is the very words Jesus spoke. Well how does that all fit together as concerning the bride Church? When this peace covenant is signed and those two prophets show up in the streets of Jerusalem, the Gentile bride will have finished her race. She will be ready to take her flight. You just have to realize that there are seven years added on to this; (pointing to the beginning of the week on the chart) and then the bride will be coming back to earth with Jesus, as seen in the 19th chapter of Revelation, closing out the tribulation and pouring out the wrath of God upon all those wicked people that are still alive. Make no mistake about it though, when the Bible says, AFTER TWO DAYS, that is exactly what God meant. Do not try to play around with time, Well maybe that could be 15 or 20 years beyond this point. No saints. That is not why God put it in there like that. It has to have a specific beginning. That is why, if the reviving is to take place fulfilling that second verse, it takes place in the first part of the seventieth week; so you have to bring the beginning of the week to the place where that two days stops, which is right here. (Pointing to chart at 2004 ½ A.D.) It is just that simple. What does the last part of verse 2, say? “In the third day He will raise us up, and we shall live in his sight.” That moves you, time wise, into the Millennium. Now verse 3, “Then shall we know, if we follow on to know the Lord: His going forth is prepared as the morning; and He shall come unto us as the rain, as the latter and former rain unto the earth.” The point is, these two thousand years have to have an ending, just as they have a starting point. That is why I said, If you start that in 69 A.D. when they were actually carried out, and you push this thirty six years beyond this point, every one of those of this generation that has seen all this take place, the Holocaust and all that has transpired since will be dead. Only the younger generation will be left alive to say anything; and that would not fulfill the words of Jesus which say, “This generation shall not pass away until all these things be fulfilled.” The point is, this two thousand years will terminate according to the calendar, at 2004 ½ A.D. Seeing that we are now living just about 3 ½ years this side of the year 2000, that means we are dealing with a time span of about eight years between now and the time those two days finish out. Oh that sounds scary, Bro. Jackson! Well let us go to Matthew 24, and take a look at the very words of Jesus.

 

PROPHECY THAT CANNOT FAIL

As we go into Matthew 24, just try to keep focused on what we are looking at. The things Jesus is saying here, are things He said to the disciples while He was yet alive, They showed Him the temple, how beautiful it was, and He said unto them, (verse 2) “See ye not all these things? Verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down.” After they were outside the temple they began to ask Him, When will these things be? What is the sign of thy coming, and so forth? He started His answer to them by giving them a graphic background. We are going to read a parable. (Verse 32) “Now learn a parable of the fig tree; (The fig tree is Israel.) When his branch is yet tender, (He was not talking about Israel as it existed then, He is talking about Israel as it would exist in the future, as God would be restoring it back into the land.) and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer (talking about a season) is nigh: (33) So likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, (Now we have to go back to the first part of the chapter to see what all He was talking about.) Know that it is near, even at the doors. (34) Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled. (He was not talking about the generation that lived two thousand years ago. It is true they lived to see certain things they thought it was, but it was only a type, a prelude to what is going to be in the last days. We are the generation that is seeing the culmination, the fulfillment of all this. This is why we have to begin to realize there are certain things in the word to give you and I a vivid picture of how to look to the end of it all. Let us not walk blindfolded and bump our nose against it. That is not the way God wants us to look at it. That is the way the religious world is walking toward it.) (35) Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away.” What did He mean by that statement? Oh the heavens are going to melt! The earth is going to be dissolved: the Bible says so! Well if heaven is going to melt and the earth is going to be dissolved, where in the world are you going to be? I am talking about the old Methodist’s way of looking at the scripture. When you talk about the Millennium to a Methodist, you are using bad language. Actually they think you are talking about something that is right out of the pit. That is the way the Methodists look at it; but in reality what He meant was, It would be easier for heaven and earth to pass away than for one word to fail its intended purpose. We do know the heavens and earth will melt, but not in the sense that they become destroyed or devastated. It is God’s way of renewing, cleansing, putting everything back in proper relationship to Himself. Jesus has given some things we can use as indicators as far as times and seasons, but notice verse 36, because at the time He was speaking to a living generation of disciples, He never said a thing about the times or seasons. That was not in the picture. “But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heave, but my Father only.” He put it into a day and hour. I am going to show you, by the grace of God, what He really meant. I will ask you this again, I this just a figure of speech? Or some slang expression just to fill in the gap? No. He meant exactly what He said. I am going to show you why He meant exactly what He said. “But of the day and hour.” I remember when Bro. Branham was preaching the seals, he said, Notice, Jesus said no man knoweth the day or hour, but he never said a thing about the year or month. Watch as we read on. “But as the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” Now He is going into a discourse of explaining to the believer, the true believer, how to look toward His mystical coming for His Church. He has already told you when He is coming visibly. Both comings, part A and part B, are right here in Matthew 24. Let us go back to verse 27. “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” This is the strange thing about prophecy, many times two important objectives are referred to in the same chain of thought. That is why Jesus would refer to Isaiah, where He would read certain portions and stop. (Isaiah 61:1) “The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me; because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent me to bind up the brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; (61:2) To proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn.” His day of vengeance, jumps a span of time. Referring to His visible return, “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For wheresoever the carcass is, there will the eagles be gathered together.” Here in Matthew 24:29, is where He tells you when He is coming visibly. We should have no mathematical problems in figuring that out. “Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken: (30) And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” It says He is coming immediately after the tribulation of those days, but some still say, Well that could be three or four weeks later. No. When He said immediately, that is what He meant. Here is the tribulation of those days, right in here to the end of the week. If God only allows the man of sin to project himself in that terrible moment of time for forty two months, does it not also tell us in 2nd Thessalonians that he will be destroyed with the brightness of the coming of Jesus Christ, and he will be destroyed with the sword of His mouth? Where in the world could this lingering of time come in? There is no such thing. His coming visibly is immediately after the great tribulation of the last half of that 70th week of Daniel. God has no reason to drag these things out when it comes like that. That is a visible return. You can take that to Revelation 19, starting in about the 11th verse, what does it say? “And I saw heavens opened, and behold a white horse; and He (That is Jesus) that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness He doth judge and make war.” What did He see? He saw Jesus sitting on a white horse. Let me tell you, When that time comes, those that are alive that are left here, are not going to have to have a magnifying glass to see Him: because they are not going to be looking out there in space fifty million light years away. They are going to be looking right up from where they are. (Matthew 24:30) “And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” You need to read that part of Revelation 19, right with this. There was seen the armies of heaven, and the bride was clothed in fine linen, riding white horses. On His thigh is a new name written and His name is called THE WORD OF GOD, because He is coming to judge, to destroy, to hit this planet with judgment and devastation. When that sign becomes visible in the elements of heaven, you do not need to think his descent to earth is a flash like a rocket. When heaven is opened, just remember that it takes the planet twenty four hours to revolve one complete turn. The Bible says every eye shall see Him, every knee shall bend, and every head shall bow. And the mighty and the wicked flee to the rocks and mountains and cry, “Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb.” Why? Because He will not still be sitting on that throne when He is seen coming to earth to pour out the wrath of God upon wicked mankind. They will know when He is coming, that is not a secret thing. In my opinion, Electric will go off and clocks are going to stop. Why do you say that Bro. Jackson? Because this old planet earth is going to start reeling and rocking: it is going to go into convulsions. When you do have things like that, you cannot help but have some power lines snap. There will be blackouts. Earthquakes will set in. Gas lines will break. Talk about gas fires. Talk about oil leaks. Yes they will cry, Somebody, get the plumber! There is not going to be any more talk about us destroying the ozone. I am not worried about what God does with the ozone. He destroyed the other ozone during the flood. Then He gave us another. Now, they are saying, Save the ozone! God knows what He is doing. He will have another one back out there when it is needed. The reason I stress that point is because you do not worry about His visible return. It is going to be visible. I have to say, That is going to be a glorious scene, except to those that are to be judged at His coming. The lights will be shut out. The sun will refuse to shine, and so will the moon. The universe is being disturbed. Every living creature on this planet will have to look toward heaven. That is the only source any light will come from. They are going to be forced to see Jesus coming home from heaven with His bride Church. Praise God, you and I will be coming back with Him! Do not tell me His visible return is a mystery. It is not. It speaks very clearly of it. That is part B. Now let us go back to part A. “But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only.” No man knows the day or hour that He will return. He tells the sign of Noah. It is in place. Gay rights. The president is in trouble, the Republicans are in trouble. They do not know whether to play up abortion or play it down. When they finally gave the black people civil rights, the devil jumped up and down. Oh watch me now. Here came next the women’s rights; and then gay rights. Now every kind of devilish rights you could ever imagine under the sun, is out there somewhere, all hid behind civil rights. Now civil rights has to be the front flag for the whole kit and kaboodle. The devil knew exactly what he was doing; but all of that has a short duration now. Let us watch this coming of the Lord. Are we left here to wonder, to stagger through the pages of God’s word in total ignorance? I have to say, We should be able to see the century we live in and the decade. If we are looking at this yardstick, or measurement the right way, we are living in the last decade. What is a decade? Ten years, in this case, a unit of ten. Centuries is made up of ten units of ten. That is the way we write history today, first century, second century, or first decade or second decade, and on and on like that. Let us see who Jesus was talking to and what He was talking about, when He said no man knoweth the day or hour. He gives us the sign of Noah, that is the gay front today and violence in general. Verse 42, He mentions it again. He is talking to the Christian that is going to be alive when this comes about. The gays are on the move. “Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.” That is talking about His mystical coming for His church. It is not talking about His visible coming, when He comes riding a white horse. This is what the apostle Paul was referring to in 1st Thessalonians 5. Notice what Jesus says in the 42nd verse. This is referred to five times in 24 and 25, because the two go together. “Watch therefore: (This is our admonition) for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.” I just have to say this, Many of the Branham followers mean well; but it is one thing to mean well and another to do well. There is no excuse for ignorance. Willful ignorance is a sin. He that knoweth to do good and doeth it not, what does the Bible say? It goes much deeper than slipping out behind the barn and smoking a cigarette. It means there are certain things that are right; and true children of God are expected to believe them. I have heard these words so many times: But the prophet said three and one half years are left, or the seventieth week of Daniel. They must think I sat there for a whole week when he preached the seventy weeks of Daniel without hearing him when he said, There are seven years left. Don’t try to tell me there are only three and one half years left. I would have to say to you, no matter who you are, a Hebrew doctor of divinity, or whatever you are, You just simply do not know enough history. A man would have to be insane, to try to make the Bible prove there are only three and one half years left. Those two prophets are not going to be preaching in the streets of Jerusalem while the antichrist is sitting in the temple showing himself as God. The Bible plainly shows us that it is when the two prophets have finished their testimony and prophecy, (because the old antichrist is totally infuriated because of their words) the antichrist comes to Jerusalem for the purpose of executing these prophets, which he believes are obstacles in his way of economic progress. Therefore let us watch as we continue on here. Notice in this statement, Jesus did not refer to the day. He said, “Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come. But know this, that if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come, (He is saying this in such a way, Wise servant, keep your nose in the word and stay on your knees in prayer, so that you will see it right.) he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up. Therefore be ye also ready: (This is His admonition to us.) for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.” Two times, He said, such an hour. I stress this point, Do we have to know the hour when Jesus is coming? No. However if we can see a decade in which the Bible points to we should not be afraid of that. Watch how I illustrate it, and in this period of time if I see something begin to develop in the Middle East that shows me God’s miraculous power, I know I am living in the latter part of that decade. Do you see all these scriptures? (Pointing to chart, Amos 9:11-12, Micah 7:11-20, Zechariah 12:2-9, Numbers 24:14-23, Zephaniah 2:4-11, Obadiah 1, Isaiah 11:11-16, 19:16-22, 49:13-21, 60:1-22, Zechariah 10:6-10, Ezekiel 38:2-17, Daniel 9:27) We will not have time to read all of them at this time, but all of them fit right in here. Regardless of how many prophet preachers try to tell you something different, they can quote Revelation 13 and they come on with the New World Order and all of that, but we are living just before the fulfillment of every one of these scriptures. All of that other stuff we are hearing is just so much hocus pocus. Oh Bro. Jackson, you ought not talk like that. When WW2 was over and I came home, I heard them say Stalin is the antichrist, then it was Hitler, Mussolini, then Kruschev, then Henry Kissinger and we everyone know from studying the scriptures, it is going to be the pope of Rome, so where did they get their great revelation from? You hear this one and that one, The end is at hand, get my book and read all about it. Well saints, what I am telling you is not costing you anything. The world at large does not realize they are about to have the most terrible headache they have ever had. Actually Amos 9 is a key that begins to unlock this thing. What did James the apostle say in the 15th chapter of Acts? What was his reply to the brethren when Paul and those other brethren came back and told how miracles had been done over in Asia among the Gentiles? They had already heard Peter’s testimony. They were all discussing that, but what does this other add up to? James said, Brethren, to this the words of the prophets agree, and he turned and quoted Amos 9:11-12. When you read it, the bottom part is what James went after. Upon as many as the Lord our God shall call. James said, After this will the Lord return and build again, which is in the top, the tabernacle of David, close up the breeches thereof. That is the way the prophecy starts out. It is on top. When James was sitting there in that conversation the temple was still standing. The destruction of it in 69 A.D. was still ahead of them. He went into Amos because Amos reveals a time factor. As the Gentiles began to get the gospel, James saw that God had taken his bottom part of that prophecy and He is going out there among those that had never called on God, never known God, and He has come among the Gentiles to get out of the Gentiles a people that will bear His name. After this, now he applies the top part, He shall return. The prophecy, as you read it, is upside down. You take one part and put here and the other part over here. We are now living when the bottom part of Amos 9:11-12 has been applied. Time for Gentiles is running out. As it does we can see things setting up in the Middle East, which means that God will soon return to the Jews. Once He starts turning to the Jews to give them back everything that was promised, there is going to be a short interval of miraculous events, and they are going to startle the politicians of the world. It has got to be that way for Isaiah and Micah 7, to fit in. When you go to Micah 7 which now begins to unlock the picture, it plainly says this, In the days that thy walls are to be built, again will I show unto him great and marvelous things, insomuch that the heathen will come crawling out of their holes. Let us just read a few verses of it, starting in Micah 7:11 “In the day that thy walls are to be built, in that day shall the decree be far removed. (12) In that day also he shall come even to thee from Assyria, and from the fortified cities, and from the fortress even to the river, and from sea to sea, and from mountain to mountain. (7:15) According to the days of thy coming out of the land of Egypt will I shew unto him marvelous things. (16) The nations shall see and be confounded at all their might: they shall lay their hand upon their mouth, their ears shall be deaf. (17) They shall lick the dust like a serpent, they shall move out of their holes like worms of the earth: they shall be afraid of the Lord our God, and shall fear because of thee.” Something is getting ready to happen. These are not just idle words. Modern mankind thinks he is going to establish a beautiful government here, but God is going to rip it all to pieces. The only thing that is going to finish this picture out the way the Bible says is Revelation 13, the putting together the remnants of the old Roman Empire, and the United Nations does not have a thing to do with it. Now Bro. Jackson, I would be careful. I am going to show you in these scriptures right here, it is all in there, God is going to rip that thing and tear it all to pieces. Are you sure? I want to show you something. The old school of thought, when WW2 was over, prophetic students and preachers were talking about it: The ten horns are coming together, the ten horns are coming together. Oh, Rome is being revived, the ten horns are coming together. Praise the Lord, it won’t be long now. Well, now the ten horns are together, and now they want a New World Order. Do you see how those people jump from one thing to another? It has always been that way.

 

ANOTHER MANMADE VIEWPOINT

A few weeks back, one Thursday night, a sister was coming into the parking lot and saw a car following her. When she got out, the driver of the car asked her, Is this where the Contender is mailed from? She said yes, He said, will you give this to your leader. It was a large envelope that had a video tape in it. On the envelope was written, God’s message to America.

Truth In Conflict, Part 2

Truth In Conflict, Part 2

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

WE PRINTED THE BEGINNING OF THIS MESSAGE IN OUR MAY ISSUE, SO WE WILL JUST CONTINUE ON FROM WHERE WE ENDED LAST ISSUE. “TRUTH IN CONFLICT” IS OUR SUBJECT FOR THIS MESSAGE; AND WE WERE JUST GETTING TO THE PLACE WHERE JESUS WAS INVITED TO THE HOUSE OF A PHARISEE NAMED SIMON FOR DINNER AND A CERTAIN WOMAN WASHED JESUS’ FEET WITH HER TEARS AND DRIED THEM WITH THE HAIRS OF HER HEAD.

While Jesus and His disciples were sitting at the table, here came this woman with an ill famed name around town. She came into the house, bowed herself before Jesus’ feet and began to weep. Over on the other end of the table sat this Pharisee, thinking, If He were really who He says He is, He would know what kind of character that woman is. While Simon sat there thinking like that, Jesus said, Simon, I have something to tell you. (Luke 7:40) “And he saith, Master, say on. (41) There was a creditor which had two debtors: the one owed five hundred pence, and the other fifty. (42) And when they had nothing to pay, he frankly forgave them both. Tell me therefore, which of them will love him most? (43) Simon answered and said, I suppose that he to whom he forgave most. And he said unto him, Thou hast rightly judged. (44) And He turned to the woman, and said unto Simon, Seest thou this woman? I entered into thine house, thou gavest me no water for my feet: but she hat washed my feet with tears, and wiped them with the hairs of her head. (45) Thou gavest me no kiss: but this woman since the time I came in hath not ceased to kiss my feet. (46) My head with oil thou didst not anoint: but this woman hath anointed my feet with ointment. (47) Wherefore I say unto thee, Her sins, which are many, are forgiven; for she loved much: but to whom little is forgiven, the same loveth little.” In other words, Simon, You never did anything to show any respect toward me. You never combed my hair or anything; but from the time this woman entered the house, she has not ceased to wash my feet with her tears, and to wipe my feet with the hair of her head. That was something the average woman would not do; but we can see a picture forming. God has His own way of dealing with people. We see this man that came up the road in the company of two angelic beings to meet Abraham, was actually God showing Himself for the second tie in a visible, bodily form, a form that God Himself chose. Well that same God is seen in another bodily form in what we are looking at now. In this case you have to see Jesus Christ as born of woman two thousand years ago. He grew up from childhood into adulthood just like any other child would; and God was not in Him in those childhood years, like some believe He was. God, His Father, that sovereign Spirit that created all things, entered into Him when He was anointed at the river from His baptism. It was only after that experience, that He began to go about Judaea and Galilee preaching the gospel of the kingdom of heaven. Many times it was what man offered Him to eat that sustained Him. Whatever was offered, that is what He ate, because He was a prophet. He was not God. He came as a prophet, therefore He ate on man’s level just like any other prophet would. You do not find any place in the scriptures where it even looks like Jesus ever went around begging. You will always see Jesus invited into the homes of others in the area where He happened to be. When we look back to God’s meeting with Abraham, it was Abraham who furnished the meat. It was Abraham who furnished the bread. God condescended and came down in that form to prefigure as a type, the coming Messiah, the anointed one. I can say this, As we read the New Testament, we cannot help but realize when Jesus was born two thousand years ago, He was destined to be everything that Melchizedek was. He was also destined to be everything that this man in Genesis 18 prefigured. Therefore I want to make one more comment, so let us go to Isaiah. If we took all the instance where God the Elohim in the Old Testament met with mankind in the form of angelic beings, we could stay on this subject for a month or more. However as we go to the writings of this prophet Isaiah, (We are in the 7th chapter) we see how God, through this prophet Isaiah, spoke a prophecy that has been the source of much controversy. The 14th verse says, “Therefore the Lord Himself (the Lord God Jehovah, that is who He is) shall give you a sign; Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a son, and shall call His name Immanuel.” I want to say a few things right here. Shortly after the turn of the century when God began to deal with men about water baptism being done in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, He definitely did give man a little picture of His oneness. He had to in order to get the name out of a trinity setting and back into oneness like it was back in the book of Acts. However, when the oneness people began to take hold of it, this was one of their primary subjects, “And His name shall be called Immanuel.” Well that is true; but when we come to the time when that prophecy went into fulfillment and was activated, that did not make the man who was called Jesus, the Elohim of the Old Testament. I grant you that there were many times when Bro. Branham would say, Jesus of the New Testament is Jehovah of the Old Testament; but you have to understand, That is attributed to the speech terminology of us Gentiles here in this age of oneness teaching. We might have thought we were going to get by forever playing the issue like that, but we are not. God is not going to let us get by with just playing around with certain issues like this just to please people who hold back from receiving the true revelation. You know there are people today no doubt sitting on the edge of a denomination somewhere, and they are full of questions. They might ask you, What do you people believe? You explain this or that to them. They say, well that makes sense, but they will turn right around and say, But if I was to preach that, they would kick me out of my church. That is why we either have to preach truth or we are no better than the rest. When man holds tradition and friendship with people above moving on with God, and he hides behind such a mask, thinking he has spiritual security, nine times out of ten he is already off track. He does not even know where he is. When we see this scripture, we have to take this prophecy and carry it through time until we come to the day that young virgin woman did conceive by some means. Of course I know you Trinitarians all say the Holy Spirit is the third person of the trinity, and the angel Gabriel told Joseph that this which was conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost, so how can you make any sense out of the way you believe the scriptures? If the Holy Ghost is the third person of a trinity, then how in the name of common reasoning did Jesus ever become the Son of God, which means He is the Son of Elohim, the first person of your trinity? There is no such thing in common reasoning, that a child can have two fathers. Something is wrong in that formula somewhere. Most Trinitarians do not even realize that God, the Elohim, the Jehovah, is the selfsame Spirit that is referred to as the Holy Spirit or Spirit of Holiness. You are not talking about two. God is ONE. God the Father is not a person; and just to make it even clearer, neither is the Holy Spirit a person. That is defining two office works of the same Spirit that created the world and all that is in it. Oh Bro. Jackson, do you not realize how blasphemous that is? Saints: I said, He is not a person and I stand by that statement. He is a being, He is of Spirit substance. He always was; and He always will be, but He is not a person. When you are dealing with person, you are dealing with something that has a form; but when Jesus, in the gospel of St. John, was speaking to the Pharisees He said this, You have neither seen His shape, nor form, nor heard His voice, at any time. Yet God Jehovah, the Elohim of the Old Testament, the ONE that created all things and all things came into existence by Him, does not live in a form. He is not an object you look for. He is an invisible being, A Spirit being that fills the vast universe. He is omnipresent. That just blows peoples mind, because they think He has to be a person. The only person of the godhead is the Son called Jesus, in whom the Father makes His abode. When God brought forth His only begotten Son by this miraculous means, and then condescended to live in that person of His Son, there, is the only person of the godhead; but that person is not God, Jehovah. The person is the Son of Jehovah. If you want to call Him Junior, that is your words, not mine. I will make mine say what the Bible says. I am glad of one thing, God did take on a redemptive name and that name is Jesus. When the Son was born they gave Him the name Jesus according to the instructions given by the angel of the Lord. Therefore if you really want to get carnal with it, you could justifiably say He is Junior. Why? Because He has the redemption name of His Father. Anyone who would start preaching that would set himself up for the devil to have him running down the road of life ninety miles an hour and all in vain. The only reason anyone would even want to major on something like that would be just for a carnal argument. You cannot take it as a subject with Biblical terminology. Therefore let us just keep it the way the Jewish apostles said it and meant it, and not play with it as Gentiles are so prone to do, just simply because we have an argument we want to carry on with someone. I have no intention of arguing with anyone: I just pray that I may be able, by the grace of God, to say something to help people get their mind’s established on the fact there is ONE eternal God and He is SPIRIT and not a person. The day we were at the airport in Durbin South Africa, there was a man and his wife from Bro. Govender’s church that came and sat beside me. The man started his conversation, Bro. Jackson, the day you wrote the Contender about the one God, called “The Humanity and Deity of Christ,” you will never know what that did for me. I had been in this oneness church for so long, and there were questions about certain passages of scripture that always left a question in my mind, What about this, or what about this; but when I started reading that story, it was not long until my questions were being answered. He and his wife both related their experiences and the conflict that began to go on between them and the people in the church. As they ended their testimony they said, we were in that oneness movement for fifteen years. What a victory, God brought us out of it. It does my heart good to hear a testimony like that.

 

JESUS CHRIST: PROPHET – PRIEST – THEN KING OF KINGS

 

We are on a subject that through the ages in the Gentile Christian world, has been a subject of great confusion and conflict. The last scripture we referred to was Isaiah 7:14. “Therefore the Lord Himself shall give you a sign; Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a son, and shall call His name Immanuel.” That simply means, God with us. He was not God; and Go was not in Him until after He was baptized by John at age 30. When the oneness people began to see the revelation of water baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, that became a scripture they used much in saying that Jesus is God. There was a time in this century that this terminology was acceptable, because God was not dealing fully with the godhead revelation, He was dealing primarily with the name to be used in water baptism. I am not an educated man, and I am not going to try to present myself as one, but for some reason my Gentile mind just will not swallow everything the Gentile theologians have put out here. I am not finding fault. I accept what God has allowed, but remember, The name of Jesus in water baptism did not drop down into the Catholic Church, and we everyone know why: They would not have accepted it. Neither did it come to the Methodist, nor the Baptist, nor the Presbyterian. None of our fundamental Protestant denominations would have accepted it. Therefore it was dropped down into the Pentecostal move shortly after the turn of the century, when God began to restore preeminence in this experience of receiving the Spirit of God as an experience, apart from that of just being saved from sin and sanctified, with our lives washed in the blood. I want to show you something by the grace of god, and it will take the grace of God in your life to even understand how I want to explain this. I want to show you what Isaiah 7:14 really meant and how we, two thousand years after His birth, His growth and ministry, and then God taking Him to glory, are to understand that word, which is a title, “Immanuel,” meaning God with us. There are many scriptures in the Bible that oneness people have used. It is how they have used them and the importance they have laid on certain scriptures in the light of what they saw, that has caused many people to have such a traditional, fixed idea that Jesus the man, was God Himself. I want to say once again, Jesus, the man that was born of virgin birth, the one this prophecy is speaking of, was not God Himself. I want you to think seriously about this: That man had a beginning. There was no such thing as the eternal Sonship. Jesus, the one that was begotten and came forth from God, did not have a previous existence with the Father before all time. I want to show you what that would lead to, so just try to follow my thought. First of all, if He already had an existence before the world was, as a being, sitting there with the Father, then we would have to say He was the WORD, as some preach that He was, that went forth from God and created all things, because we all know God created all things by His word. Just think then, what a position He left, the position with the Father to be born on earth in the form of a man. The Bible says He because the first begotten of the new family of God, the first born among many brethren. He was a Prophet, He is now a Priest, and He is soon coming to be a King. We are going to live and reign with him for a thousand years. Then He is going to deliver that kingdom back to God the Father, the one that begot Him, that God may be all in all. (1st Corinthians 15:28) “And when all thing shall be subdued unto Him, (Jesus) then shall the Son also Himself be subject unto Him that put all things under Hi, that God may be all in all.” I just want to ask you this, after 1st Corinthians 15:28, is fulfilled, what position will that eternal Son (as some of you have called Him) have with the Father? Will He go back as you believe He was before He came into this world? No. Because He is going to be part of the family in eternity. WE WILL SEE HIM AS OUR ELDER BROTHER, the firstborn of the new creation. He did not give up one royal position, to come into a world of wickedness where He had to suffer, bleed and die to pay for our sins. Let us look at it from the biblical standpoint. We have theologians that study Hebrew. We have those that study Greek. Unless you yourself speak the language, you do not know what the book is talking about. You have to think like a Jew thought. If you do not speak their language, to know their thought, you are only playing with issues. It is one thing to learn a language, to get a clarification of a passage of scripture or how a certain word is used, but when we try to establish a finished picture, just because we my know what a Hebrew word meant, we may be playing with issues and not improving our understanding one bit. The Son of God had a beginning, but the Creator had no beginning nor will He ever die. Therefore in order to approach this subject in this light, or from that prophecy, we have to go another seven hundred and a few years until the time came for it to be fulfilled. The anointing of God came upon prophets of old to speak of this Son that was to be born, and also to exemplify something of what He was ordained to be. Many of those prophets were used of God to exemplify and characterize the Christ, the anointed one that was to come later. None of them, regardless of what they portrayed, were the promised Messiah. There were certain qualities about those prophets that did exemplify certain attributes that God would manifest in the person of this man that was to be born, the man that we call Jesus. We know from Matthew’s record and Luke’s record, concerning the birth of Christ, how the angel Gabriel came to Zacharias the priest, who was the father of John the Baptist, then how he came to Joseph, and how he appeared to Mary, speaking to each one concerning the name that this child was to be known by. In the Hebrew His name was to be called Yahshua. Here two thousand years later, because the New Testament, as it came to the Gentiles, was written in the Greek language, because that was the universal language of the hour, they stopped using Yahshua and picked up the Greek pronunciation, which is Jesus. We have a lot of people today that want to go back to using that word, saying when we speak of Jesus, we are saying a pagan word. Let me say this, The word itself might be a word of a pagan language, but I ask you, Who gave the language in the first place? At the tower of Babel, every language we have today was given when God confused their universal language. Every word in their vocabulary was known of God and God knew that race of people would use their own language to speak in relationship to Him, if they ever came into that knowledge of Him. When the time came that Mary conceived of the Holy Spirit, the Holy Spirit was none other than an office work of the Spirit of God, the same Spirit which is the Creator. It is not the third person of a trinity of Gods at all. It is the one and selfsame being that God the Creator is, how He moved upon a virgin womb that had never been with man, to place that little cell of life in it. He created in that womb everything that is essential for the beginning of the little fetus, for the embryo that was to become a physical body, which was the life of Jesus which came from God. I want to say this and I hope you will everyone listen well, God the Creator that fills the universe, which is omnipresent, and also omniscient, did not leave the vast universe just to come into that womb, to be born into this world He had created. Life from God came into that womb. Life from God came into the womb of every women that has ever given birth. That which was conceived in Mary’s virgin womb was different because of the miraculous conception which made Jesus the only begotten Son of God, and His name was to be called Yahshua, or we would say in Greek, Jesus, and there would come a time when that name would mean, God is with us. We just have to understand though, in what manner or fashion God was with us. That is where we are today. By the grace of God I want to show you exactly how we look at this. From the birth of Christ we read in Matthew’s and Luke’s accounts, that when Mary was in Bethlehem, Joseph was looking for a place to stay. That is where they had to go to be registered, to be taxed, or as the German translation would say, for a census to be taken. I am not going to set up some argument about that. The point is, they were in Bethlehem. God ordained that something be made a law that required Joseph and Mary to leave Nazareth and go all the way to Bethlehem. Why? Because that was the place of their heritage, their origin. While they were there certain days passed. Mary, already being heavy with child, and not knowing the time of conception, brought nothing with her for the baby she was carrying. Do not try to convince me that Mary was such a poor girl, that even knowing she was pregnant and due just any time, she dilatorily neglected to have anything laid aside for this expected baby. I believe back in Nazareth, in a bedroom closet, in a box or something, Mary had provided for this little one. That is the instinct of every expectant mother. However because they did not know exactly when to expect the baby, they no doubt believed they would be back home in Nazareth before then. Therefore they did not feel it necessary to set out on the road carrying a lot of cumbersome things. God saw to it that circumstances at Bethlehem kept them occupied there long enough to fulfill prophecy. As it says in the record, After certain days were accomplished, Mary brought forth her firstborn son. Circumstances hindered her from having any of the usual things to wrap the baby in. Hanging on the wall of that cave, which was none other than an ox stable, was an ox yoke. The padding on that yoke probably had not been used enough to wear, so that is what they used to wrap the new born baby in. That was the first thing in the cloth manner that they could get their hands on. I can see Joseph, not Mary, unwrapping that ox yoke with these swaddling cloths. They did everything they could to clean up the body of the baby Jesus, then they wrapped Him in those swaddling cloths. What a lowly birth for the Son of God to be born into. IF YOU SAY HE LEFT HIS HOME IN GLORY, YOU ARE WRONG. HE DID NOT LEAVE A HOME IN GLORY. He was yet in the bosom of the Father as an unmanifested thought, but He was not yet a person. He had a beginning as a person that night in Bethlehem, in that old stable. The Psalms will bear this out. Yes it is true the angels prophesied and told the sheep herders, arise and go into the city. This is a sign that you shall know the baby, you will find Him wrapped in swaddling cloths. They announced His birth as the Christ. Keep in mind that they spoke of Him according to what He was ordained to be, and not that He was already the anointed one. They spoke of Him as the anointed One to be, actually; because, If He already was the anointed one, then He never would have needed to come to the river where He was baptized by John and anointed of His Father. Think of that. You have to take every scripture, every detail that brings out some specific portion of the picture, and follow this as it unfolds, if you really want to get to the true picture. That which was conceived in that virgin womb was not Jehovah Himself, but it was conceived in her BY Jehovah. The life that baby was composed of, came out from God. In the gospel of St. John, it bears that out. Jesus says to them that He came out from God, and He goes back to God, but that terminology did not mean what an awful lot of people have taken it to mean. Such verse stands alone, so to speak, because a true revelation lets you see the true picture. Now with this in mind, we are looking at a fact that an unusual baby has been born two thousand years ago, to a Jewish race. He came unto His own and His own received Him not. They did not have divine revelation, therefore they just looked at circumstances and rejected Him. To them, He was just another illegitimate child. That is the way the religious Pharisee crowd treated Him. I am going to show you why I say these things in this fashion, because when we come to the time we are to see this man as being Immanuel, meaning God with us, it is very strange you will find nowhere in the Bible that the audience, the crowd, the spectators, the ones that followed Him, ever greeted Him, Good morning Immanuel! How are you this morning, Immanuel? It was only those that had a revelation of who this man was, that knew what Immanuel really meant. That is why the name given Him had a compound or double meaning. It is the name of the man, but there were also many other Jewish boys at that time named Jesus, or Joshua. There might have been a half a dozen others named Joshua there in Nazareth, but there was only one little boy by the name of Joshua, whose nature was different than all the others. He knew where He came from. He did not walk around town guessing about what He was ordained to be: He knew He had a special work to do. When He was twelve years old and had gotten left behind in Jerusalem where he was found in the midst of the great scholars, what did he answer his mother when she questioned him? (Luke 2:49) “And He said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? Wist ye not that I must be about my father’s business?” He was not talking about Joseph’s business. He had spiritual things on his mind. He did not take part in the activities of mischievousness with the other children around there. Otherwise we might say Jesus threw rocks through the neighbors window, chased the neighbor’s cat, and was always causing a disturbance in the neighborhood, but we all know that is not so. That was not His nature to be like that. What little is written about Him, His mind was always on His heavenly Father, and that was because He knew who He was. He did not have to ask, Mommy, who am I? He was born with the knowledge of who He was. You and I, the scripture says, are born in sin, shapen in iniquity; but that was not so with him. We have a lot of children in the world today that are like a bunch of wild cats. On our last trip overseas, in some of the international airports, it was pitiful what you would see walking the hallway in front of you. We saw a young boy and girl, they looked like they came from a cave somewhere, tattoos all over them, brass rings around their necks, around their arms and so forth. They looked like they came out of the caves of the Middle Ages. In an hour of time when the world has access to the greatest opportunity of enlightenment it has ever known, their mind’s are so warped they want to go back to some medieval era and dress like that. No wonder the Bible portrays this generation as rebellious and disobedient to parents. This little boy Jesus, in His young childhood, was subject to Mary and Joseph. No one saw him walking the streets at night, creating a disturbance. Very little is written about Him, except for that reference in Luke, but I ask you, How many twelve year old boys do you see in the church today talking to the pastor, asking Biblical questions, and discussing the scriptures? Maybe a few, but very few. I did not say that to belittle twelve year old children, but to just show you the nature of Jesus compared to the average child. The elders looked at this boy and marveled of course. They were not used to having children enter into their discussions. As far as any of them knew, He never went to school. There was something different about this child, because when His foster father and mother came looking for Him, as you read in the gospel of Luke, He went back to Nazareth and was subject unto them and grew in stature and in favor with God and man. Having favor both with God and man tells you something. That tells me that of all the people that lived in Nazareth, there was something about this little boy that was different. The way He walked down the street, the way He talked to the neighbors, the things they saw Him do and talk about, all of this made him different. God blessed this child because His mind was always on spiritual things. That is why He grew in favor with God and with man. It could not help but be that way. That is the law of God. If you had a child today that was born into a family, and for some reason he is always different in that way, that child would soon become known for being different. While the rest are playing ball he is reading something to improve himself. Somehow his mind is on spiritual things instead of the things children usually think about. People say, That child is a loner, but I say, Sometimes it pays to be a loner. This child Jesus, was not God during all those years: He was the Son of God. Bro. Jackson, you are attaching His deity. NO I am not. The fact is, that the life in Him that made Him breathe, and made Him think and act like a normal man, was a divine life. It came out from God. It did not come the sinful route that your life and mine did. It was a life that did not have to be redeemed, because it was a life that came from God, and was manifested as a perfect human being in which there was no sin or iniquity. He was the man through which God had already planned to redeem mankind and reconcile the world back to Himself. That is why God heaped upon Him the sins and iniquity of the whole human race, past, present, and future. This one little man that was walking the streets of Nazareth, one day He is twelve, the next few years He is sixteen, finally twenty. Still He keeps on going, but it tells us in the account of Luke, Jesus, being about thirty years of age, came to the river where John was baptizing one day. What for? He knew when to do that. He knew exactly what the scriptures said about Him. I am going to show you how Immanuel comes into the picture. Up to this time He is not Immanuel in any way. He is Jesus the Son of God; but when He was led to the Jordan River as you see in Matthew 3, John grasped the picture, because the Spirit had already shown John, on whom you see the Spirit descend and remain, this is He. Baptize Him, He is the Messiah. John introduced Him as the Lamb of God that taketh away the sins of the world. When you read the last verses of Matthew 3, you see the account and record. Here is where this man, as prophesied in Isaiah 7:14, because Immanuel. As He walked down that bank into that river of Jordan, and His eyes met John’s eyes, John was a sinner that needed a Savior, but Jesus was innocent, a man in whom was no guile. He did not need a Savior. He was willing to bear the sins and iniquities of all of us to become a Savio0r for you and me. We do not know the whole conversation that went on between Him and John, but standing there, all the people that knew this man called Jesus of Nazareth, a man in whom was no guile. He did not need a Savior. He was willing to bear the sins and iniquities of all of us to become a Savior for you and me. We do not know the whole conversation that went on between Him and John, but standing there, all the people that knew this man called Jesus of Nazareth, only saw Him as the Son of Joseph and Mary. That was not Jehovah standing there, that is Jesus the Son of God. Otherwise called by the Jewish people that knew Him, the son of Mary and Joseph the carpenter. As John took this man and immersed Him in water, and I emphasize the word immersed, because this was not according to the Catholic tradition of pouring. When you go to the church in Rome, on the left hand side as you go in, is a mural painting on the wall, of Jesus sitting on a rock in the Jordan River and John has a pitcher of water, pouring it on His head. That is the Catholics version of Baptism. No, the Bible says that Jesus, coming straight way out of the water, meaning as John lifted Him out of the water, the heavens were opened unto Him and He saw the Spirit descending upon Him like a dove. God manifested His glory. That takes you back to Isaiah 40:3-5, how God said He would be revealed and would make known His glory and all eyes shall see it. I can see the spectators standing in awe when suddenly the heavens lit up with a beam of light showing down on this human being standing in the river Jordan, dripping wet. Suddenly a voice from heaven spoke, “This is my beloved Son in whom I am well pleased.” A dove was seen lighting on His shoulder. Lighting upon His shoulder signified that the Spirit of God, that Spirit which is God the Creator, has come down and took up His abode inside His only begotten Son. This is when Jesus the man was baptized with the Holy Ghost in the fullness of everything that this Spirit is. He (the man Jesus) was not God, but He which is God was abiding inside Him now; and for the first time ever, the meaning of the word Immanuel, was applicable. God was truly with them (in the body of His Son). According to Matthew’s record, this experience took place at the river; and now they had God the eternal Spirit, the Spirit that created everything, making His abode in this man that was just baptized by John, but the man standing there in the river had never created anything. You religious traditionalists, need not be offended by this, for I say to you, God is going to tear your nest all to pieces. It needs to be tore to pieces. We have a religious world today so stooped in tradition it is pitiful. They made Jesus say things and do things He never did do and say. The Catholics have Him as a little boy stopping at mud holes, taking a clump of clay and making birds and blowing them off His hand. He never did any such thing. That is pure nonsense. We see Jesus in the river of Jordan, the heavens were opened unto Him; and there was a manifestation of this dove coming down and lighting upon Him. That is symbolic of what took place at that moment, but that does not mean the Holy Spirit is a bird. Now that the Creator Himself is abiding in this man Jesus His Son, It means that the man is filled with all the attributes of the great Creator, as pertaining to redemption. Paul wrote in Colossians 2:9, “In Him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily.” Now you are looking at Immanuel. You are looking at the same man that three hours ago was only known in Nazareth as Jesus the son of the carpenter. Now those that have a revelation can say, There is Immanuel, because God is now living Him. This is borne out by all the apostles through the book of Acts, through Corinthians and through the epistles. This is the story the way the Jews preach it, the way the Jews left it. It is the Gentiles that perverted it. Our miserable minds cannot seem to accept things the way the Jews did. I suppose it is because we think we are so smart we have to change this and change that. Well we wound up with three gods. Some have two and others have three, but those who are guilty of that do not know Him in the way the bride Church knows Him. Our world of religion is stooped in tradition and we build our seminaries to educate Christianity and preachers on traditional nonsense. When it comes to politicians, do you think they want to come among us and respect us for what we know? Not at all. We do not smoke cigars, and we do not carry our social drinks around with us to play politics with them. We are those that are looked upon as the off scouring of the world, the misfits of society. Saints, I am thankful to know there is a day coming when we are the cream of the crop. God is going to skim us off and take us to glory. Hallelujah! We are coming back riding white horses and there is not a jet airplane that will out run those saints. We are coming back here to rule and reign with the KING of kings.

 

LOOKING DEEPER INTO GOD’S WORD

 

Brothers and sisters, if you can now see Immanuel, how He comes into the picture, we can take it from there and move on. Let us go to St. John 1. Here is where the oneness like to take you. John was Jew, not a Gentile. You have to catch the thought of John here. We are going to read the first two verses. Whatever John meant in these two verses, is going to bear true through all the rest of the writings of John, Corinthians, the book of Acts, right straight on through Hebrews and so forth. John says it like this, and this is after Jesus has been baptized. Jesus has come back out of the wilderness. John picks up the account as he is brought in contact with this man. “In the beginning was the Word, (This is an English word.) and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.” That has to be explained, as this was originally written in Greek, and it has to be understood in the actual English language, how we would write it if we were to experience it for our first time, as John did. I am going to read it to you just like it would be. “In the beginning was the Logos, (which means thought,) and the thought was with God, and the thought was God.” Let me show you how that is to be looked at. Before Jesus could ever become the man that He was, He had to be a preconceived thought in the mind of the Creator. This is what Paul is talking about in the first chapter of Ephesians. When God counseled with Himself, do you think He is talking with three persons in the godhead? Absolutely not. It means God meditated. Somewhere in the eons past, before the world was, God meditated. Before there was a twinkling star, God meditated. Before there was a garden in which man fell, God meditated. God came to a finished thought, This is what I will do. Because of His foreknowledge, He knew man would become a lost creature, and He, who is the only being that has the power to save the things He has created, would have to have a plan, a way of escape or redemption. As He meditated, He did not counsel with anyone or anything. There was none else there but Him. In His finished thought was, I will bring forth a Son in His time, in His season. This is why Peter could say, fore ordained before the foundation of the world, but manifested in these later days to take away sins. That plainly tells you Jesus was not the eternal Son sitting with the Father, saying, Can I go now, Can I go now? This was not reasoned out between the Son and the Father, when He could go. He (Jesus) was not there to go anywhere. There were not two minds in the picture then: There was only one, God Himself. AS long as that preconceived thought was there in His mind, that was His word. If you go to work for someone that is working on a plan to build a house that someone else has designed that is one thing, but if you decide to build a house, and you sit down and raw the plans for it, that is an expression of your thought. That thought in you is your word, because it means that is the way you wanted it, because you saw it as a finished picture in your mind before any manual labor ever entered into the construction of it. That is exactly what God did. God saw exactly the time He would bring forth this Word, this thought, materialize it, activate it, set it in motion. Two thousand years ago God separated that thought from Himself, meaning He activated it by His own Spirit. (That is what God is, SPIRIT) That which was a thought for ages, then became an expressed reality, and it was the Spirit of God that meditated before the world was created, that activated it. Here it begins to be formed in a virgin womb. The Word of God. Once the thought was separated, keep in mind, God is still God, but this that was to be born, becomes His Son. (John 1:14) “And the Word was made flesh, (or the Word made flesh) and dwelt among us, (and we beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” For thirty years He walked like a man, He ate like a man, He took a bath like a man, combed His hair like a man, all because He was a man, but He was a divine man. It is a sad thing, that the Jews did not know He was the very Messiah they had longed for. Even at the river, when God came down like that, and publicly demonstrated His entrance into this man’s being, they still knew nothing. God the Father, the Creator, which is Spirit, and the spirit of His Son became a unity. They became one. Now God is in the person of His Son, and manifesting Himself in the person of His Son, that through the medium of His Son, Jesus the man, which became a mediator, a Savior, He would reconcile His lost family back to Himself. Keep in mind, as I said in one of the Contenders, There are two minds you can look at. There is the mind of Jehovah: That is the one that knew all things. That is the one that predestined all things. That is the one that had the ability to foreknow. The mind that was in the Son though, even though it was a mind pure and clean, it never created one earthly thing. It is a mind subject to the will of the Father. From the experience of being baptized, the Spirit He had just received drove Him into the wilderness where He fasted forty days and nights. It was the man that god hungry. Not God. The God in Him never drinks water and never eats, simply because He does not live in a form. That is why you have to say He is not a person. He is a being. He fills the universe. As for the Son, at the end of forty days this man that was driven out by this in filling of the Spirit was very hungry. He was also thirsty. That is when that dirty devil came to Him with those various temptations. Remember this, God cannot be tempted by any one, or anything: Not even the devil can tempt Him. But Jesus, the man that was driven out there, was tempted. The dirty devil that stood there watching this man, thought, I am going to get Him for sure: When He gets through with this, He will be so hungry He will fall for what I am going to offer Him. We all know he was wrong: Jesus did not fall for his scheme. He came to Jesus with a suggestion: (You will notice the devil did not say, If you are Immanuel. He said), “If thou be the Son of God, (Matthew 4:3) command that these stones be made bread.” The devil knew by the writing of the Old Testament scriptures what this man would do once He was anointed of God. Once He does become Immanuel, this man is going to be a miracle worker. It is not going to be the mind of the human that He is, it is going to be the superior mind of the Father that activates the miracles and takes over this whole being. The man, the whole person, the whole Spirit, the mentality of Him, becomes subject to God the Father, that was dwelling in Him. We see this man then, and even though He had the Spirit in the fullness, He was still plagued by the devil. Read it. If thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread. That dirty devil knew this man was going to do something one of these days. That is just like the devil still is today: If you people are who you say you are, why don’t you do this and do that? He does it through people chosen to do his dirty work. Well let them stick around: The God of heaven that we serve, is going to make them hang their head’s one of these days, because we are going to go out of here. Before we go out of here though, we are going to leave a testimony that God really lives in our midst; and He is doing something they cannot now see, but will see later. Keep in mind, Jesus was tempted, taunted, teased, aggravated, agitated by that devil in three different areas of life. The first one was tempting Him to be a miracle worker just to satisfy His immediate hunger. Command that these stones be made into bread. Jesus answered him back, “It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” His answer slapped the devil right in his face, so to speak. I have been on the Mount of Transfiguration where this was supposed to have taken place. I do not say it is the exact spot, but it could have been in the general vicinity of where Jesus was met by Satan. It is about eighteen miles from Jerusalem. The next thing Jesus was tested on was to deliberately cast Himself down from a high place and depend upon the angels to save Him. (Matthew 4:5) “Then the devil taketh Him up into the holy city, and setteth Him on a pinnacle of the temple, And saith unto Him, If thou be the Son of God, cast thyself down: for it is written, He shall give His angels charge concerning thee: and in their hands they shall bear thee up, lest at any time thou dash thy foot against a stone. (The devil knows what is written in the scriptures, but notice how Jesus used the written scripture to combat his attack.) Jesus said unto him, It is written again, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God.” It was a vision of course, but the results were real. Oh Bro. Jackson, you scare me when you talk like that. Jesus did not walk eighteen miles up to Jerusalem. Satan showed Him all of this in the Spirit. He took Him to Jerusalem, to the pinnacle of the temple where the battle towers are and spoke to Him that way. He took Him up to the highest part of it. It is a long way down to the ground. If you be the Son of God, come on and try to kill yourself. That is what this meant. In other words, If you are the one that is supposed to raise from the dead, go on and show me you have such power. It goes to show, every quality, every factor about this man, His emotional feelings, His whole nerve system and everything about Him was tested to the most extreme point. Come on and do a miracle, if you really are who you say you are. He rebuked Satan with the scriptures, just like we have to do when we are tested. The devil refused to let loose, even after that occasion. Then He took Him on a great high mountain. I do not know what continent it was on. It is none of our business. He showed Him the kingdoms of the whole world. In other words, the world flattened out. He showed Him the whole world laid flat, all the nations, and the glory of the materialistic things. Just take a look at this. All of this will I give you, Satan is saying to the Son of God, if you will just fall down and worship me. Keep in mind, It is written that Satan is the god of this present world, the material or natural part. He is? Yes, he is. He is the prince of the power of the air. He is the god of this present world system. Again Jesus said, It is written. He would not accept the temptation. (Verse 10) “Then saith Jesus unto him, Get thee hence, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.” What does the account say then? Now that Jesus has defeated the devil by the written scriptures, defending His position, I can see Jesus the man standing there very weak in body and emotionally upset. Such an ordeal no doubt left Him nervous, psychologically frustrated and very weak, but notice what the scriptures say next. (Matthew 4:11) “Then the devil leaveth Him, and, behold, angels came and ministered unto Him.” Immediately angels were sent to minister to Him. Now to the oneness people, let me say this, God Jehovah that created all things does not get all shook up and need to be ministered to. He does not have nervous spells. He will be tempted by no one, not even the devil. Therefore be assured, It was not the mind of Jehovah that was tested here. It was the whole psychological nervous system of this whole complete human being that stood there before the devil, which we know was the Son of God, that was tested. Angels came to Him, and how did they minister to Him? I can see the angels as they came about and touched Him, the anointing of God surged through His being. His mind was immediately set at ease. His whole psychological and nervous system was calmed. Now the man was able to walk out of that wilderness or desert, ready for whatever battles might lie ahead. You are looking at Immanuel as you should see Him. How many people really called Him Immanuel? They did not call Him that, because that title only belonged to those that saw Him by divine revelation, to be what the title meant, God with us. They knew it was God in Him; and that He Himself was not God. It was God with them in the person of His Son. That is the way the Jews saw it; and that is the way we are going to see it if we are going to get out of here with the right picture. Jesus, was the name given Him at birth; and that is why the Father became identified through that name. Jesus became the name of the Father in redemption. That is the name of the family of the redeemed children of God. God Himself chose that name Jesus, or Yahshua, and ordained that it would be the redemption name of His whole family. You do not say Immanuel when you speak of Jesus, because it is a title and you see it only by divine revelation. In your heart He is Immanuel, He is God with us. For what purpose? Redemption, but in the person of His Son, When we can see it like that, this take us on to St. John 3.

 

JOHN SPEAKS OF JESUS

 

Let us go to St. John 3:31 and read a few words there. Jesus is coming back out of the wilderness now and He begins to baptize disciples. Some of the disciples of John came to John, telling him that the man he had baptized previously was now baptizing and there were more people coming to Him, than to John. Well John explains to them how He must increase, and I must decrease. John is bearing witness of this man that he baptized and what he saw take place that day. John says it like this. “He that cometh from above is above all: (because John knew the origin of His life) he that is of the earth is earthly, (meaning whoever is born in this earth of earthly parents is going to see from an earthly viewpoint, going to speak from an earthly viewpoint and it is rare that he can speak from a spiritual standpoint) and speaketh of the earth: He that cometh from heaven is above all. And what He hath seen and heard, that He testifieth; (Why? First, He was not born with a human nature that is divine, without sin. Therefore though it is human in its makeup and manifestation, He thinks in all spiritual terms and not from an earthly standpoint.) and no man receiveth His testimony. He that hath received His testimony hath set to his seal that God is true. For He whom God hath sent speaketh the words of God: (Notice this.) for God giveth not the Spirit by measure unto Him.” We just need to look at this with common understanding. If this baby that has been conceived in a virgin womb is God Jehovah Himself from the very beginning of the onset, then why did God anoint God? With what, was He anointed? On the other hand, If God has created a little vessel of clay and given life to it that has come out of Him, then this is how that which had been, we will say a pre-conceived thought at one time, and lay there in the mind of God for eons of time, but once it was time for that thought no longer to lay there in the mind of God, but to be activated, set in motion, it became the thought expressed. Then it became a literal, materialized word. It is separated from God, and becomes the begotten Son of God, and at thirty years of age, when He was baptized, God came down and put His stamp of approval on Him. How? By coming into Him in the fullness of all His divine attributes, so that He, God, can redeem and reconcile the world to Himself through the medium of His Son. We must look at it in this light: There is a sovereign mind of Jehovah working here. That is why the Son could do nothing in Himself. Jesus did not get up every morning thinking, Well what is on the agenda today Father? No, He did not pray like that. When He got up, God might have already been speaking to Him in some fashion or other. As soon as the Son did get up, it was time for Him to set about doing something, therefore something began to move in the person of the Son, and that human mind began to be taken under control. This is why Jesus could say, The words that I speak unto you, they are not mine. I have said this in explanation to people, There are two minds to look at. There is one mind that is sovereign. That is the mind of Jehovah. This Son, in obedience to that, sought to please the Father. This meant that the mind of God, the thought of God, must show the Son, by some means, what to do. Yet going down the road with disciples, which were just natural men, Jesus was a man that could express His mind on natural things apart from the direct leading of the mind of the Father. Could not this Son of God look over and say, Isn’t that a beautiful flower? Sure He could, because He is a human being. John, pick that rose over there. That is not the mind of Jehovah. That is the mind of the human being that He is. He has every right to talk in human relationships. They could have stopped in any village and got a drink of water and Him say, My, that water sure is good. That is not the words of Jehovah, that is the Son of God expressing His natural human feelings about things. When He saw a woman weeping beside the pall bearers that were carrying the body of her son, He stopped the procession and spoke to the corpse lying there. That was not he mind of the Son that made that decision: The sovereign mind of the Father took over the mind of His Son and put the words in there that were to be expressed. When He said, Rise up, you have the mind of Jehovah activated through the person of His Son. That is why the Son could say, The Father worketh and the Son worketh hitherto. Whatever my Father shows me to do, I will do likewise. You take it all through the gospel of St. John. You see the Father and Son working in perfect harmony. Not one time did the Father have to yank the Son by the nape of His neck, Come back here, I told you not to do that! He did precisely what the Father wanted done. I suppose there were many things the disciples saw Him do that they looked at each other, Well why did He do that? He only sought to do the Father’s will. When we take this and go to another account in St. John’s writing, over in chapter 5, we see that very thing. To show you how we have to see this prophecy in Isaiah 7:14, Immanuel, which only implied the name Immanuel, let me say this, The name did become a plural compound name. Jesus has passed being anointed, He is out of the desert, He is starting His ministry. He has come to the Jerusalem area and performed a miracle on a Sabbath day. Oh that bunch of religious Pharisees got angry. What a horrible thing! Don’t you know we are not supposed to do anything like that on the Sabbath day? When our Gentile, religious world which is stooped in all the traditional makeup and preconceived ideas of what God is and how everything should be, hear of something unusual going on that is a little contrary to their ways of doing things, immediately they climb a wall and start their criticism. What a terrible, horrible thing this is. This is what they are saying about Jesus. I am going to pick it up in the 17th verse of the 5th chapter of St. John. In the 16th verse they criticize Him because He did it on the Sabbath day. “But Jesus answered them, My Father worketh hitherto, and I work.” In other words, whatever the Father shows me to do, that is exactly what I do. So we see it is not the human man, and the human mind, that is doing any of this. There is the sovereign mind of Jehovah, the Elohim inside Him, looking through those eyes, healing through those hands, speaking through those lips, using that human mind because it is completely subject to Him. “Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill Him, because He had not only broken the Sabbath, but said also that God was His Father, making Himself equal with God.” You will never find Jesus anywhere saying, I am Jehovah, I am Elohim. He is always being seen as the Son of God. “Then answered Jesus and said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, The Son can do nothing of Himself, (He is speaking of Himself, the person He is, because they can see that man. They can see how He combed His hair. They could see what kind of sandals were on His feet. There was nothing about this man that made Him look extraordinarily different than the average Jew, but it is what He did at certain times and what He said at certain times, that made them realize, Wait a minute: We have to get rid of Him: He is going to tear up our city. Yes, saints, The Son can do nothing of Himself. This goes to show, if He was God Himself He would not have talked like that.) but what He seeth the Father do: for what things soever He (the Father) doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise. For the Father loveth the Son, and showeth Him all things that Himself doeth: and He will show Him greater works than these, that ye may marvel. For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom He will.” On and on through St. John’s writing, it speaks in this manner, showing that He is truly a man, born, begotten of God, yet filled with the Spirit of God in the fullness that Paul spoke of later, in Colossians, How it pleased the Father, that in Him, the person of the Son, should all the fullness of the Godhead dwell, which means all of God’s divine attributes and qualities and things necessary to save mankind and lost creation, is now manifested in the person of His Son, that God might reconcile the world back to Himself. It was God that chose the way; but it was the Son that was willing to take my place on that old cross. That is the picture. God did not die. He could not die and still be God. Jesus, the Son, died. That is why Jesus, being the first begotten from the dead, is the firstborn among many brethren. That is why I have said many times, In the eternal age He is going to be our elder brother. People say, Where do you get that Bro. Jackson? Common sense will tell you if He is the firstborn, He has got to be your elder brother. He is not going to be your latter brother. Anyone ought to know that elder brother is a term used to speak of the firstborn in a family. He is your elder brother. You can call it elder or you can say the firstborn. Firstborn is elder. Where do you get that Bro. Jackson? If you have a picture in your mind you cannot help but see it that way. He is not your third brother nor fifth brother. He is the firstborn, and He is your elder brother. That is why He is the first begotten from the dead and He is the beginning of the creation of God. Not the old created creation, but He is the beginning of the new redeemed creation. That is why God invested His authority in Him, that He might redeem the world and reconcile it back to Himself, through the medium of His Son.

 

LETTER FROM NIGERIA IS READ

 

I want to take time to read this letter I have here. It is a little lengthy, but it expresses the condition in the country of Nigeria, so here it is.

 

Dear Bro. Jackson: The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you, your ministry, the church in your care, your family and the Bride saints the world over. I send you Christian greetings and regards in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. We are a newly raised up assembly of believers under the Malachi 4 message of Bro. Branham. By God’s grace we are also fully and unreservedly identified with the present hour ministry of the Holy Ghost and the five fold. With due respect to God, to whom all glory belongs, we know for sure that your apostolic ministry in the body of Christ has served to open up the eyes of many a confused believer, who for years has been lost in the tall weeds of disjointed quotes, revelations ferreted by the great multitude of self called preachers of this message the world over, especially in Nigeria. It seems that our country is a clearing house for all kinds of isms that have arisen out of this precious message. But God has preserved some of us in His truth, which is none other than the Bible. Of late as in the last convention I attended, God has been doing great things and silently bringing His own together to see eye to eye on truth. Here and there in other sister assemblies, saints have heard and read of what is going on in Bro. Strommen’s, Bro. Govender’s, and your churches, and have been seriously praying for the Bride’s anointing to fall upon us. Somehow we believe we are next on the line for God’s move. Be praying with us. Ours is a new assembly because of certain circumstances that I cannot relate here due to space. But suffice it to say that a group of truth seeking saints that are fed up with the church squabbles, splits, ministerial pulpit power tussles and quote preachings, and divisionless unrevelated leadership, mishandling fo the simplest problems, strife and etc., have decided to stay in their houses and worship God the best they know how and pray for God to do something by the way of setting up a true church. Most of the ministers around are against anything they cannot see in a sermon book of the prophet. As such, the Contender is taboo to most of them. These sincere brethren had waited for over a year or two before God answered their prayers. Presently the church they all once belonged to is split into three warring groups and the place where they used to be, the neighbors are full of bitterness and scornful against the message, at least the carriers. On my part, I have been in Lagos for close to six years, where the Lord dealt with me for one year and five months on the Contenders and your tapes. I had access to them through a certain even that finally led me to Bro. Segun from Nigeria, who once visited your assembly. I have not been to Port Harcourt before in my life, but was a word minister in another assembly in Lagos. At this time I was unaware of the goings on here in Port Harcourt. About two years ago in March, 1994 the Lord spoke to me in a prophecy through a gifted brother, that after my stay in Lagos, that He will send me to Port Harcourt for a work He has for me, and that my stay in Lagos was only to be trained for that job. Well this continued until January1996, when the green light came for me to leave Lagos for the first time, for Port Harcourt. Miraculously, like He led Eleazer to Rebekah, the Lord led me to a brother’s house here in this strange city, the place where I got contact with the rest of these praying saints. All the while the building where their former church operated, having been vandalized by the former warring occupants, had been lying unused. It was built and given over to the church by one of the praying brothers. We have since converted this building to our use. Renovation is going on and God is with us. To cut a long story short, late December 1994, the Lord, through another brother, spoke out as in Acts 13 in prophecy stating that He will use my ministry to raise up a church here and the pastor for that church, after which I will settle in this same city with my own ministry as a minister in that same church. Well Bro. Jackson, I do not know what all this means to you, but to me it is truth and life as everything He told me to watch for came to pass right on the dot. Since then we have started full church services and the members are increasing daily. I wrote for two reasons, to give you my testimony and to ask you to send us Contenders, From the Beginning to the End, from number one to the latest. Also send us many back issues as possible from 1972 until 1995. Please, space will fail me to name the ones I know here, but you know them also. Include us in your mailing list with at least thirty or forty copies of every fresh issue. We need it desperately for the folks here want truth. The teaching sessions we have had on the testing and fall of Satan, the two laws of Eden, etc., have been great eye openers. Please, quickly respond to this S.O.S. May God bless you richly.

 

SECOND LETTER

 

This letter comes from Ghana, the country next to Nigeria, so I will ask Bro. Thompson to read it.

 

Beloved man of God, Calvary greetings to you in Jesus’ name. How is your family, ministry, and the brethren? I am moved by the Spirit of God to write to you and acknowledge the receipt of the Contender and also to share with you that it has always been a source of blessing to me and my brethren. However I wish to make this request. Please, I want to see your picture on the pulpit. Kindly send me any of your video tapes and audio to hear your voice and to see you in action. It is my heart’s desire. I have watched William Branham and heard his message, which blessed me more. Please, whatever it will cost you, I am asking this as a favor. I am a missionary in the rural areas of Ghana. I talk so much of you, but showing your tape or video to my audience will enhance the more. I have a good VHS system at home which I carry through the villages to show the films. Waiting to receive them by God’s grace. Keep on. The Lord increase your strength. Bro. Sam.

 

GOD IN HIS SON

 

As I said earlier, when we preached on this subject the last time, I did not intend to ever preach on it again, but after we were in the Philippines and something was said about how certain ones over there had put together the idea that because we did not say that Jesus was God Himself, but that He was the Son of God, there were those that assumed, and were teaching the idea of a senior God and a junior God. Well I will say it again, That is more right than you saying that Jesus is God Himself. God Jehovah will never become your brother. Jesus, the Son of God, will never become your father. Those are two statements you will not find written in the Bible. However what we teach about the Father and the Son is written so specifically in the Bible, it is hard to see how any person filled with the Holy Ghost could be confused about the subject. They are self explanatory. We have educated doctors of divinity throughout the religious world, both on the trinity and oneness side, who advocate that Jesus, whom they call the word, is He which created all things. It is true Jesus was foreordained to have the word for redemption, but He had no part in that which was the word for creation. I am not an educated man. I realize there can be doctors of divinity hear this and criticize me, but that makes no difference to me. There has been the day and hour and time, God has allowed men to become educated because through the early era of the Reformation God was dealing with a religious system of Roman Catholicism that had become so entrenched in the materialistic secular world and the political affairs of nations, it took education to get their attention. It seemed it was necessary for God to raise up men of an educated quality that He could use to restore certain meanings of words and scriptures, but that does not mean He will keep on and on forever like that. The Bible, especially the New Testament, was not written by doctors of divinity. It was written by simple men, not illiterate, but simple men who were Jews of a generation of Jews in which the Law and writings of the prophets had been handed down through the centuries of time from the day of Moses. He wrote the first five books of the Bible. But in the hour of Jesus, there was much in the Jewish religious world that was as much anti truth as it is today in the realm of the Gentile religious world. We are living in the endtime, just before the coming of Jesus fora Church. We must lose sight of this thing that He is coming for a church that has big TV broadcasts and TV personalities. One time they look like a cowboy, another time they look like a clown getting ready for the rodeo. That is the way some of them looked. That type of entertainment has no place in the program of God. In the Philippines they have said, You don’t say it the way Bro. Branham said it: Bro. Branham said that Jesus is God. Yes, I know when he said it, I was there when he said it. I just have to say to you, If you did not know the man you would not know what he meant many times. You would have had to listen to the man over a period of time to collect all the various statements he made in relationship to the godhead. I have them set down here. It is true that many times he would be preaching a message on God, the oneness of God, and he would say Jesus is God, Jesus of the New is Jehovah of the Old. Then another time he would say something like, Jesus was the Son of God. In fact, the Spoken Word booklet, Church Order, preached in October 1958, specifically states that on a particular page. He referred to Jesus being the Son of God. Now when that was said, this leads us to another message he preached one time that he went further in explaining the Sonship of God. He said it like this, There is no such thing as an eternal Sonship, the Son of God had a beginning at birth. Now when you put these statements all together, if you do not know the meaning of them and how to put them together and come out with one God, you are going to be lost and confused, bewildered and disillusioned, because each one of these statements will just take you so far in the overall picture. Let us look at it in this light, These theologians who will try to tell you Jesus is the eternal Son of God, and that He always was with the Father from the beginning of time, and that He was the WORD by which God created all things, have no revelation on the subject. In other words that is like the Father said to the Son, Son go do this, Son go do that, Son go do this and that. There is no such relationship carried out in the Old Testament and every one of you sitting here know it. Whoever created all things would be the head of all things. Would you not say so? When the apostle Paul, which was a Jewish apostle, wrote 1st Corinthians, chapter 11, he specifically described headship. He would have everyone know, that the head of woman is the man, and the head of Christ is God. Well how can Jesus be the source of all creation, and that revelated Jewish apostle come right along and write it that way? Was the Father sitting somewhere with folded hands, and still claiming headship? It just goes to show that this great revelation that is contained in the scriptures is so simple the scholars do not get it. For some reason or other, because it isn’t big enough to be hid from the average person and only doctors of divinity can understand it, they get the idea that we don’t have to understand it. It is a simple picture brothers and sisters. There are certain scriptures, the way they are written, if we would look at them right, which show that God Himself, in the Old Treatment, was manifested many times, as we brought out in the first message when we started on this subject, “Truth in Conflict.” What a conflict we have going on in the religious world. It will be with us until the Bride goes out of here though. IT is a Gentile world, and Gentiles do not think alike. They should, but they never do. When it comes to religious things, each Gentile mind takes this thought, I know as much as you do. I have every right to read the Bible, and expect God to give me just as much revelation as you have. This has been a contest for the centuries of time. There is one thing sure, the Bible was not written, then given over for everyone to put their own private interpretation on what they read. That is why there are so many denominations in the ranks of professing Christianity today, people have done that. Therefore I want to go back to where we were dealing with Isaiah 7:14: Not to repeat everything I have already said, but to fill it in a little more. I was doing my best to show you how the God of the Old Testament became manifested in the flesh of His Son, Jesus the Christ, who was born of virgin birth, but I realize there are yet some who fail to see the true picture. I will try to pick up from the point where we left it and go on. This message will be sent throughout all the world and I pray that the people, whether it is Africa, India, Philippines, or wherever it is, can listen to it with a truthful, unbiased heart. We have to understand what was meant in Isaiah 7, verse 14 where it says, “Behold a virgin shall conceive and bring forth a Son and thou shall call His name Immanuel,” meaning God with us, or we will be led down the wrong road. Now I ask you, IN what way did this prophecy become a reality? How did it come about that God is with us? I will say this, I twas not that God created a body in a virgin womb and then He Himself came down and took possession of that body the moment it came forth from the womb. That is an old oneness theory. It does not exist in the Holy scriptures. That is Gentile, theological terminology. God allowed the oneness Jesus name people to use this approach through a number of years of time, because He was in the process of restoring the importance of getting water baptism in the name of Jesus Christ back into the formula of salvation. Therefore whatsoever you do in word or deed, do it all in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. There is none other name given under heaven among men whereby we must be saved, but the name Jesus, the name of the Christ. That is the Father’s redemptive name; and it belongs to His only begotten Son. AS I have said many times, The name carries a compound meaning. When the angel came to Mary and she was told that she would conceive of the Holy Spirit, there was a name that would become involved. Jesus was to be her baby’s name, or Yashua. Keep in mind, there were other Jewish, male children that were named Yashua in that same period of time. , but those other Yashua’s never became anointed like this one did. Mary’s son, that one that was born of virgin birth, would one day, at about thirty years of age, go to the river and be baptized by John the Baptist, the forerunning prophet of Malachi 3:1. There God Himself manifested Himself from the heavens and came down and took up His abode in His Son. Listen carefully, He took up His abode in the person which was a man, a man who was a complete human being, but that body was not a robot walking around, just being manipulated by the power of God that was in Him. That body was the personal body of the Son of God who came out from God because God the Creator was the source of life. He did not come out from God as a manifested person, like some believe; It was the life in that little baby, that came out from God. That is why for the first thirty years of His existence He was just like any other Jewish man: He performed no miracles during that time. He was born into this world just like any other baby. He grew up as a child, to eventually become an adult. That part was just like everyone else. We read very little of what went on in His childhood and into his young adulthood, other than what it says in Luke. He grew in stature and in wisdom and found favor both with God and man. God does not have to find favor with Himself. That verse alone ought to be enough to show people He (Jesus the man) was not God. With this, we begin to get a picture of how God Himself, the eternal Spirit, who always was and always will be, who had no beginning, and will have no ending of days, manifested Himself to that generation almost two thousand years ago in His begotten Son. God has no father, He has no mother, but He was the Father of Jesus that was born to the virgin Mary, because He created the cell of life in her womb that became Jesus, which was called Christ later on. The Spirit that created that cell of life in Mary’s womb is the same Spirit that was manifested in a man called Melchizedek, back in Genesis, when He appeared to Abraham. That man Melchizedek, was God Himself coming in a theophany form, taking on this compound name meaning King and Priest. Therefore the thing that was set forth in a type was how God one day would become manifested in the person of His only begotten Son. All of that set up a type, which we have to see as one of the stepping stones of understanding, because God knew that through the centuries of time, man would be so limited in being able to grasp and understand His greatness. He set up these manifestations through the different periods of time throughout the Old Testament and we have them to look back to. We can look back and see how God manifested Himself in the form of a man to contact His servants at times.

 

MIRACLES BRING PERSECUTION TO JESUS

 

When we read in the gospel of St. John, remember, John was a Jew. Remember that fact as you read the gospel he wrote. Let us say it like he said it, if we want to keep our speech terms clear, but let us also get the same picture he had, because John’s writings pick up at the river where Jesus was baptized. As Jesus returns from the wilderness we find this Son of God, the Son in which God Himself was now dwelling in the fullness of all that He is, was conducting Himself much differently than He was before He went to the river to be baptized. As Jesus returns from the wilderness we find this Son of God, the Son in which God Himself was now dwelling in the fullness of all that He is, was conducting Himself much differently than He was before He went to the river to be baptized. He was not just an ordinary man walking the road of life. He had become a God man. Not God, but a God man. The life that makes Him breathe, the life that makes Him think, the life that motivates His physical being down the road is life of the Son of God, but the life that performed those miracles along the way was the sovereign Creator Himself which had taken up residence in the body of this man. In Him (Jesus) was no guile, in Him was no sin. In Him there was nothing that made it necessary that He be redeemed. He instead, became the means for God to redeem all of His lost sons and daughters in the world. He was His first begotten Son of His new family that was going to be redeemed through Him. That is why Jesus is the firstborn among many brethren. He was the beginning of this new creation. He is referred to as the beginning of the creation of God. He is not the beginning of the creation of this universe. He is the beginning of a new creation of redeemed people who God, by His grace, for the last two thousand years, has been redeeming through his only begotten Son. As I said awhile ago, Jesus the man, will never be your heavenly father. I mean NEVER. He was not your Father to begin with. On the other hand, your heavenly Father, the ONE you pray to, is now dwelling in Him in all the fullness of His God headship. He did not cease to be omnipresent though, just because He anointed His Son with all the fullness of what He is: He is still everywhere else, just like David wrote in the Psalms. Therefore we realize this, God met man in the person of His Son. No wonder Paul could say there is only one mediator between God and man and that is the man Christ Jesus. Well we came through St. John 3, where John the Baptist was giving his last testimony in relationship to who this man was, that he had baptized. Keep in mind, None of those men who were Jews, and who carried the revelation of the omnipotency and the oneness of God, ever spoke of Jesus in the same terminology we Gentiles have spoke of Him in down through the centuries of time. John said this man called Jesus received the Spirit without measure, and that this man called Jesus was not from the earth beneath, He was from above. All that is Jewish speech terminology. We have to understand what He meant by such speech as related to these things. Let us then go to the 5th chapter of St. John, starting in the 17th verse. We know this, that after His baptism, and after He came back from the wilderness, Jesus began to go forth and manifest Himself in the different communities, so we pick up this account where there has been a great miracle performed and the Jews begin to pounce on Him and criticize. All they could see was a man. That is really all they could see, a man, because He looked just like any other man and they had no revelation. Let me start in verse 16, “And therefore did the Jews persecute Jesus.” Let me say this, The Jews in their hour, which were so set in such religious traditions, were no different than what is going on in the Gentile, religious world today. When God gives you, an element of people who believe His word, a truth, we will call it a revelation because it lets us see how to put the meaning of passages of scripture together into a picture so you cannot help but see the reality and beauty of it, but the religious world looks upon you with the same attitude those Jews took with Jesus. They persecute you, they call you a cult, they say, That teaching is out of the pit. Keep in mind, If those who saw the physical man Jesus, as He went about performing all those miracles by the power of the great Creator in Him, could condemn that physical man, why should it be any different with us? That is why it left them without an excuse: They saw what was taking place before their very eyes. How much more then, will these Gentiles in this day, which are also bound by traditions because of all their theological studies of the written word, come up with such a negative picture that they cannot even explain, but still reject anything God gives to people like us. If God has not given them the ability to put it together, then it means He has kept it hidden from them. He lets them ramble with theological terminology and words and meanings that are lifeless, and helpless, and it leaves the hearers dangling with uncertainty. Well Jesus is seen here, healing a man on the Sabbath day; and the pious Jews are reacting. “And therefore did the Jews persecute Jesus, and sought to slay Him, because He had done these things on the Sabbath day.” Oh what a holy people they were. I think today, as we hear much about this bombing that is taking place, two episodes within a week’s time, we shall soon see what all this adds up to. I have said this for a long time, that one of these days these liberal leaders of Israel, even though they have a firm conviction that the Torah must be read, and that the Sabbath must be kept, and that they must still eat kosher meat and bread, will in all their other religious aspects, go against the written Torah and writings of the prophets by doing just exactly what they have done. They want so badly to meet all the requirements of a secular world’s way of putting a peace program together, they are willing to take a negative outlook toward all the other scriptures of the Torah. They are willing to offer hundreds of people on the block of sacrifice, hoping to obtain a peace that looks good to the carnal minded, anti scriptural society, but is completely contrary to what God had ordained for them. What a sacrifice of innocent people, just to try to please politicians who want to make a name for themselves. With this in mind there is no doubt in my mind this is one of the means God is going to use to cause this society of Jews to one day wake up to the reality they can no longer put confidence in their leaders, because if their leaders are going to sacrifice them upon the political block of sacrifice to obtain what looks like world peace, then to them it does not mean one thing. God will use it to turn the whole machinery around. When He does, I have to say, Wake up world! Yes saints, there is going to be trouble in the Middle East, because when God does turn that Jewish society the other way, He is going to do it to cause certain things of His word to be fulfilled. He will not take a poll to see how any politicians are in favor of it: He will just do it.

 

CATCHING JOHN’S VISION

 

As I read these writings here in St. John’s gospel, I want you to look through the eyes of John, a Jew. Study his speech terminology, because he saw a man that to him looked just like any other Jew. Beyond that though, John saw this man as one in which the eternal God was dwelling. That is why he would pick up certain statements, compile them, and put them together the way he did. “But Jesus answered them, My Father worketh hitherto, (meaning up until now) and I work. (That is Jewish speech terminology.) Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill Him, because He not only had broken the Sabbath, but said also that god was His Father, (Well He is His Father: That is the picture, so let us get it straight.) making Himself equal with God.” You and I know, when you look at the son of a natural, earthly man, it has been said for years, Like father, like son, meaning they are just alike. However I find there is something missing in that picture today. In our educative systems, they are trying their level best to destroy the influence that fathers have had on their sons in the past. They do not want the traits of the parents passed on to their children. These schools of education want to strip every bit of that out of a child. That little boy, who under normal influence and normal reactions, in times past, would have had a tendency to do what dad does, has been taught that he needs to be his own person instead. Well I want you to know, this fellow we are talking about, Jesus, knowing who He was, wanted to do the same things His Father did. Isn’t that a wonderful picture to look at? He wanted to do the same thing He knew His daddy did. He thought it not robbery to be equal with God. That is why Paul wrote to the Philippians like he did. Therefore if we can think like a Jew, we will stop this thing of talking like Gentiles. Oh yes, we are Gentiles genetically, but when it comes to the word of God we want to see and understand it like those Jewish apostles understood it. I have to say, as we live here in the endtime, God will give the Bride of Christ the true picture of the whole thing and it will be beautiful. It will set your heart at ease, it will set your mind at ease and foolish questions will no longer be a part of your life. You can walk down the road of life; and even though your ears can hear the same old arguments and discussion and debates that go on in the religious, secular world, you will know you have grown past all of that. You can know for sure in your heart that there is a true revelation hidden in the written scriptures and that God has seen fit to reveal them to you. It is how it is all put together that boggles the mind’s of the Seminary scholars. I have to say, Thank you Lord! Oh how beautiful the picture is. “Then answered Jesus and said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, The Son can do nothing of Himself, (This is a revelatory expression by the man called Jesus. He knew He was born of virgin birth and yet He knew He Himself was not a creator of anything, so He is deliberately saying that because it was an undisputable fact. The Son, without the presence of His Father, the Creator, dwelling inside of Him could do nothing of Himself.) But what He seeth the Father do: for what things soever He doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise.” In other words, let me bring it down to an earthly illustration and try to show you the picture. It has always been known and believed and practiced, (at least in former times) that the father is head of the family, so let us say they live in the rural countryside. It is the father who has learned certain lessons by experience through the years. A farmer has to be his own weather forecaster. When we did not have all this electronic stuff to go by, the farmer had to be able to look at the sky and come to a conclusion: It could be pouring down rain before nightfall. If he had twenty acres of hay to cut, he would say, Son, we better not cut hay today because it will be pouring rain before nightfall. I am using this only as a natural expression, hoping to get your thoughts pointed in the right direction. If this kind of communication could go on between any father and son, anywhere, that is what you are studying about right here. Jesus is actually saying I do not choose to do anything of my own will, but whatsoever the Father doeth, or shows me to do, that the Son does likewise. Paul had a revelation of what Jesus was talking about, so it is no wonder he would say in the Philippian letter, Let this same mind be in you which was also in Christ Jesus. Of course that would be to always do the will of our heavenly Father. Just as Jesus said, The things that my Father doeth, the Son doeth also, and as the natural son will always wait until the father says, We will do this today, like if there is hay to be cut, then he can say, Son, hook up the mower, we will cut hay today, we ought to be subject to the will of our heavenly Father. In the natural, it is the father who does the choosing according to how he determines the day will be, and the son who is waiting for the final word, says, Dad: Just say the word and we will start cutting hay. That is what Jesus is talking about. “For the Father loveth the Son, (what a beautiful relationship we have here in this communication) and showeth Him all things that Himself doeth: and He will show him greater works than these, that ye may marvel.” That kind of talk has driven a lot of those Gentile theologians up a tree. They have played with words because they do not think like a Jew and cannot possibly talk like a Jew. Just watch, as we go further with this. You see the scriptures we have up here. I want the video audience wherever they might be, to remember these passages of scripture. All through the writings of St. John, you get a dual picture. You get a picture of an invisible God you cannot see with natural eyes, but He has taken up His abode in a visible man, who is not an ordinary man. He is a God man. He is the Son of God Himself. He is the one and only Son of God, born of virgin birth, and likewise born without a sinful nature. He was born without sin, without guile. He did not need a Savior because His nature was not to sin like every other person on earth. We came into this world with a fallen nature. He came into this world with a sinless nature. That is why we needed to be redeemed. We can now go on to St. John 8:12, for our next reading. Here, is a part I like very much. Jesus again is looking at a bunch of Pharisees. Remember though, some of these Pharisees were not the common, ordinary, lay type Pharisees of that day. In their midst stood the educated lawyers, doctors of divinity, the high class of the lot. “Then spake Jesus again unto them, saying, I am the light of the world: he that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” Now we understand this, when He said that, it meant He was a living example of the kind of life God is wanting the world to see. Watch Him. Watch how He lives, watch what He does, and be sincere in how you understand this, because He is to be a model for all of us. That is why He said He is the light of the world. He is actually the Word of God fully expressed in a living form. He is not a part of theology: He is reality. “The Pharisees therefore said unto Him, Thou bearest record of thyself; (Simply because He has been saying how the Son can do nothing, it is the Father in Him, yet He will testify of Himself that what He does, He has done it because the Father has told Him to say it. You have to read the previous verses. So the Jews accuse Him, that He is bragging. That is really what it comes down to. You are bragging about yourself. They think He is an ordinary Jew, but we find it different here as Jesus goes on,) Jesus answered and said unto them, Though I bear record of myself, yet my record is true; for I know whence I came, (Hallelujah! Here is where we begin to catch the point that Jesus is speaking in a riddle. He is making statements and hiding reality by talking like this.) and whither I go; but ye cannot tell whence I come, and whither I go. Ye judge after the flesh; I judge no man. And yet if I judge, my judgment is true: for I am not alone, but I and the Father that sent me.” Notice the speech He is using: They cannot understand what He is talking about. He is always bringing the Father in and the Father is the invisible personality. They cannot see Him, so it almost drives them up a wall. “And yet if I judge, my judgment is true: for I am not alone, but I and the Father that sent me, It is also written in your law, that the testimony of two men is true. (He takes them back to the law.) I am one that beat witness of myself, (Yes, He was a man: They could hear Him talking, and they could see Him.) and the Father that sent me beareth witness of me.” In other words, it is what the Spirit is speaking through Him and they cannot see the difference, which would be an expression of the man, and actually the Father through Him, using the speech capability in saying something. There are certain familiar passages of scriptures where Jesus would be speaking to this bunch of religious Pharisee Jews, like where He said, Before Abraham was, I am, that really got them going. They looked at Him and began to say, Why He is not yet fifty years old. Listen to how He talks, like He was before Abraham. Well the one in Him was before Abraham. That is the riddle part. We can say this, When Jesus would say words like, I and the Father are one, this is the Son speaking in defense of Himself because He knew the Father was in Him to vindicate and confirm everything that He has personally taken up His abode in Him to bring forth. When there were things said that God had willed to be said a certain way, it was because this was the mind of God, but the speech that contains the promises comes through the lips of that man Jesus. The speech that is uttered through the natural lips of Jesus, that contains the promise of eternal life to every man and woman that can hear that word and believe, comes from the mind of the Father. “Then said they unto Him, Where is thy Father? (That is the mystery part. We see you standing here talking like this, but where is this other one you refer to as your Father?) Jesus answered, Ye neither know me, nor my Father: if ye had known me, ye should have known my Father also.” All of this sums up to the fact, If you really knew who I was from the scriptures by divine revelation, you could not help but see and know who the Father is. “These words spake Jesus in the treasury, as He taught in the temple: and no man laid hands on Him; for His hour was not yet come.” Now let us go to the 23rd verse. “And He said unto them, Ye are from beneath; (Meaning your life is life that originated from an earthly birth, coming through the natural law of reproduction.) I am from above: ye are of this world; (I do not live like it, though in the world, I am not of the world, that is how He is putting it together.) I said therefore unto you, that ye shall die in your sins: for if ye believe not that I am He, ye shall die in your sins. Then said they unto Him, Who art thou? And Jesus saith unto them, Even the same that I said unto you from the beginning. I have many things to say and to judge of you: but He that sent me is true, and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of Him.” Saints, we can say this, Those basic things that carries the promise and the security of eternal life to the earthly recipient, were things that were spoken through the lips of Jesus Christ, the Son of God, and those Pharisees could not differentiate, because they thought this was just a natural man standing there, Blah, blah, blah, when it was God talking to blah, when it was God talking to them in a concealed way. The very God of heaven was talking of them through the vocal ability of His only begotten Son and they missed every bit of it because of their spiritual blindness. Let us finish this scripture. “They understood not that He spake to them of the Father. Then said Jesus unto them, When ye have lifted up the Son of man, then shall ye know that I am He, and that I do nothing of myself; but as my Father hath taught me, I speak these things.” All that Jesus ever spoke concerning spiritual things was at the direction of the Father in Him.

 

HOW JESUS WAS GLORIFIED, AND HOW THE FATHER WAS ALSO GLORIFIED

 

Let us now go to the 13th chapter of St. John and begin reading in the 31st verse. It is in this gospel we can see how God became manifested to the human race in the person of His Son, to the point that the prophecy of Isaiah, chapters 7 and 9, became a living reality. Nowhere do you find written anywhere that any of those Jews that follow Jesus ever spoke to Him, Good morning Immanuel. Yet the prophecy said, and thou shalt call His name Immanuel. Notice it is what is in the name, not necessarily the flesh, that makes the difference. The name itself identifies a particular man, but once He went to the river and was baptized there by John, then the Father came down and manifested Himself and took possession of the person of His Son and the literal fullness of the godhead became embodied in the person of His Son, to begin a walk of life so that the Son would talk like we have been reading, but it was not His own thoughts that were being spoken. They did not originate in His mind. The Son is constantly, consistently speaking of the Father that sent Him: that it was the Father that told Him what to say, the Father told Him what to do and He is going to do that, and that alone. No more nor no less. He is actually explaining it, but in such speech terms it literally throws the intellects off balance and tears them all to pieces, simply because they are trying to interpret the whole picture by what they can see. They see the object of a man standing there and they cannot see anything else. This is why that prophecy you find in Isaiah is not a prophecy that the Jewish society is going to understand. Had they understood the prophecy, they would have understood who He was. But because they did not understand Him by divine revelation, Immanuel will therefore only be to those that see and understand who Jesus was by divine revelation. If it was that way when those Jews stood there looking at the flesh, how much more is it going to be that way for you and I to understand the godhead and the meaning of these scriptures, when we do not have the flesh to look at. He have to see it by a divine revelation. That is why we know not Jesus the man anymore by the flesh. It is only by divine revelation that we see this picture form in our minds from the writings of the scriptures. Notice here in the 13th chapter of St. John starting in verse 31, Jesus speaks again like this, “Therefore, when he has gone out, (Judas had just left the Passover supper, and right here is a statement Jesus made that throws a lot of people off track, especially doctors of divinity.) Jesus said, Now is the Son of man glorified, (He had a certain meaning when He said, Now is the Son of man glorified,) and God is glorified in Him.” When Jesus said this, keep in mind He sees a finished work that is going to be accomplished when He hangs on the cross. To the natural Jewish society they only saw the body of a man they have chosen to get rid of. He is an instigator, He is an agitator, He is an insurrectionist, so let us get rid of this devil. That is how they looked at it because they saw nothing else beyond, but to every man and woman that understands what His death accomplished when Jesus Christ hung there on that old cross, it was a precious thing. I just have to say, Hallelujah! Thank you Jesus: you took my place at Calvary. By faith I see the redemptive work of God, my heavenly Father that created me, and Jesus who paid our sin debt was glorified in that horrible, but also beautiful picture. Now it goes further than that, so listen. “Little children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek me: and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go, ye cannot come; so now I say to you. A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. (I am reading this slowly because of the picture I want us to get.) By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples if ye have love one to another.” I have to say that Jesus, if we can take this statement here, Now is the Son of man glorified, there is no way you and I will ever be His disciples unless we can see what He literally meant by that. Think of the pictures that have been made of Jesus hanging on the cross. While I am at this point I will say, A Sister in the church gave me some literature, just two pages that came out of the Middle East, and it seems that there is a testimony now, that there is a mysterious manifestation of the Spirit of God beginning to deal in the Islamic world. When the Gulf War was going on we heard about these people in the high mountain regions of northern Iraq, how the Iraqis despised them, the Turks on the other side despised them also. They seem to be a misplaced people. According to this article these Kurds are the descendants in the 20th century, of the ancient Medes that you read about in the book of Daniel. In the centuries gone by, they seems to become very staunch believers in the Islamic belief, but all of a sudden in the Islamic world, both among the Kurds and throughout various areas of the Islamic world, there seems to be a manifestation of the Spirit of God conveying the image of Christ to these particular Islam people. Many of these people are having visions, experiences of Christ appearing to them and assuring them, I am the one that died for you. It tells of one woman in Algeria, she had spoken out against a lot of the things in the Islamic political way, the way they govern and rule society, she spoke out against it, wanting there to be more freedom. She had spent four years in jail, but testified that Jesus literally came into the jail cell and spoke to her and gave her instructions. She is working today with a group of people who are testifying in the Islamic world. A lot of it has to be done underground, because you realize the Islamic world is not like other parts of the world that will allow missionary efforts. I bring this to your attention, that Jesus hanging on the cross has been a picture that has been hanging before the human race for almost two thousand years; and much of humanity has missed the purpose of it completely. However if the Spirit of God Himself can do that and begin to bear testimony to Islamic people whose minds have been so side tracked for better than a thousand years, whereby the only picture they could see was a man hanging on a cross, you have to look at it as a marvelous thing. Mohammad never hung on a cross for anyone. Mohammad never promised forgiveness for anyone. It is a religion that is legalistic and mandatory, always, You do this, or that, you don’t do this and don’t do that. In it, there is no promise of forgiveness if you do wrong, only a penalty. Usually the penalty is death. All this goes to show that in the Islamic world there seems to be a lot of unsettled ideas about God. It just goes to show, if God means what He says, and I know He does, He has more than one way, and He will famish all the gods of the world. I will say also, He has many ways He can do that. I use that to bring in here that picture of Jesus, as the Son of man glorified, and the Father glorified in Him, because that is the picture of redemption. He who referred to Himself as the son of man, and whom we refer to as the Son of God, and our Savior, always sought to magnify His Father. How many understand that? Right there is where all mankind has to look. What Jesus has been, from the beginning of St. John’s writing up until this point, all culminates in the fact He took our place at Calvary. There, is where the finished work is recognized. It is only those that see what God did and how it is made possible for you and me, that really glorify God. He is glorified as we accept His provision by divine revelation. Let us go on now into the 16th chapter. We will read from the 24th verse to the 30th. Jesus has by this time taken the Lord’s supper with the disciples and they are leaving the upper room, journeying down toward the valley of Jehosaphat, near the Garden of Gethsemane. Jesus is speaking here, because it is in the 17th chapter that He is actually in the Garden praying. Here in the 16th chapter He is talking to His disciples, so notice what He says. “Hitherto have ye asked nothing in my name: ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full.” In verse 25, when He made this statement, you have to think back upon all the previous statements He had made, all those statements He made that are recorded in the 1st chapter of St. John, statements that made those disciples shake their head’s and think, What did He mean by that? They no doubt thought, I don’t understand. Well notice this verse, “These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs: (which means types, meanings that carry a certain type of picture, yet certain essentials of understanding are still hidden. A proverb is just like a little profile. You know there is something there, but you just cannot quite get all the dimensions lined up right.) but the time cometh, when I shall no more speak unto you in proverbs, but I shall show you plainly of the Father.” Meaning the Holy Spirit is going to bring forth things plain and simple to the understanding of God’s true people. “At that day (meaning, when that comes about) ye shall ask in my name: and I say not unto you, that I will pray the Father for you: For the Father Himself loveth you, because ye have loved me, (Listen to this statement: Right here is a statement that should correct this thing in your mind and let you see that Jesus was not talking about Him being an eternal Son, somewhere before all time began.) and have believed that I came out from God.” I want you to know, that when He said that He was not saying He came out from God as a person. No saints, He knew His life was there in the bosom of the Father, and that He was the manifestation of that thought that had been lying there in the mind of God for eons of time. God knew man would need a Savior, so that provision was made before the first man was ever created. Therefore when the day came that God activated that thought, the Spirit that God is, went to work by speaking that cell of life into the womb of a virgin and a little fetus began to be formed. God delegated that life to her womb from His own bosom. This is how the Son of God came into the world; and when the scripture says, “And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth,” it simply speaks of how the Word, WHICH IS GOD, Spoke and created that cell of life that Jesus was born from. The Word itself, which is God, was not turned into flesh for the Creator to dwell in, like some think: He just simply spoke the word to place that cell of life in Mary’s womb, and then let the natural process of pregnancy and birth do the rest. It is very easy to understand if you will allow yourself to cast off those traditional ideas about the birth of Jesus. Certain things were said by Jesus purposely, just to drive theologians up a tree. As I said before, God used those educated men in an hour when it took men like that to get the attention of people who were locked up in Catholicism, but since the New Testament was not written by theologians, it is not in the last days going to be interpreted to the Bride of Christ by theologians either, not until they get down off of their theological horse and approach God the right way. They think because they spent four to seven years studying Hebrew and Greek, this gives them authority to explain all of the word of God in every situation; but God does not need people like that to give a revelation to: He opens up the scriptures to those who will humble themselves and approach Him with an honest heart. Those highly educated theologians cannot even think like a Jew, so how could they possibly, with their Greek and Hebrew, ever discover the revelation of those scriptures, that the scriptures themselves say is hidden tot he wise and prudent? Keep in mind, it is one thing to know what certain Hebrew words meant, but when you get to the speech terminology, many times the true meaning is hidden in the way a person talks. If you do not know why a man says things like he does, just observe him for a while. After a while you will understand his method of conveying certain thoughts and then you can see the picture correctly. That is how we have to approach these things. Verse 28, is a beautiful verse. Here, He speaks very plain, no longer in a proverb. “I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go to the Father.” I am reminded in the 17th chapter that Jesus says, in the 1st to the 5th verses, especially the 4th verse, I have glorified thee on the earth. That is a statement the Son made as He was praying. Everything I did, I did to carry out your will, I did it to fulfill your word, I did it to manifest your works, I did it that you might be seen, Heavenly Father. I glorified you, I finished the work which thou gavest me to do, it is over. Now Father, glorify thou me with thine own self. How many times have these theologians that want to try and prove that God is three persons used this scripture? They think Jesus was talking about the Father as a person. (John 17:5) “And now Father, glorify thou me with thine own self, with the glory which I had with thee before the world was.” Jesus knew by the written scripture, what He spoke of. He knew He was that predestined Son that lay there in the mind of God, or that word thought that lay there in the mind of the eternal Spirit for the eons of ages, but was manifested in these later times to take away sin. That is why He could talk this way. He is not trying to tell anyone He was a person with the Father before the world came into being. He never did talk like that, but He could see that He is the word that was to come forth to be a means of redemption. Let me say also, When it is written, That by His word He created all things, that does not mean, by His Son He created all things. It literally means this, that by the absolute manifestation, or the materializing of His thoughts, creation came into existence. That is why the Father, the eternal Spirit which is invisible, never has been seen, neither can He be seen, yet you see Him in creation because you see His word. By looking at these scriptures, we can see why Jesus closes His ministry by showing you and me in such simple ways the relationship He has with the Father, and by His own speech said to the Father, I have glorified thee, and everything you gave me to do, I have done it. Every miracle, and every word you gave me commandment to say, I have said it. You told me to go here, and I went. Every miracle, every healing, you showed me how to go about it and I carried it out. Not it is all completed: I have finished what I cam forth to do, and now Father, take me to thyself, let me have that position that I see myself in as I read the written scriptures. That which was foreordained before all time my Father, take me to that. That is why when you see the vision that Isaiah had in the 6th chapter, and then you go to Ezekiel 1 and see how he spoke, and how each prophet, in different dispensations, saw certain things showing how one day, heaven would look, you can put the picture together. When I read Ezekiel 1, I just say, That is prophecy in the making, because six hundred years before Christ, heaven did not look like that. Yes, heaven was there, but that scene was not in heaven like that back then. That is how the Spirit is projecting it through the written word, that one day there will be a scene manifested in heaven that will be just exactly what Jesus is talking about and what those prophets wrote about. Notice in Isaiah’s account for the vision, that he saw the glory of God, he saw the four beasts, he saw the angelic cherubs with wings, but he did not see twenty four seats. Ezekiel saw the same thing. He saw the four phases, he saw the wings, he saw the glory of the one on the throne, and He looked like the Son of man, but that was absolutely a preview of what would develop one day, after Jesus the Christ was manifested in this world and accomplished what He came into the world to do. Two thousand years ago the man that we have been reading about, the man that fulfilled these prophecies of Isaiah 7 and 9, how that God was truly with us in the person of His Son, and the Son was not like a robot that had no mind of its own, but by His own choice, He manifested all the will of the Father. The Son talked just like any man would talk, yet many times it was God talking through Him. IT was hard for these Jews to differentiate between the two. Here, He is saying, Glorify thou me. When He died on the cross, it brought forth a manifestation of glory. Yet is first brings suffering, but for two thousand years that picture, that revelation of a man that took my place and your place, has been a beautiful picture. Christ is glorified, because He no longer suffers. He sees you and me from the standpoint of a finished work at Calvary. For two thousand years now, the story has been told that the debt was paid at Calvary. God is glorified in it and the Son likewise is glorified in it. You cannot separate the two objects of thought. With that, then we see that when Jesus was taken up and seated on the right hand of the Father, God the Father literally took His only begotten Son and glorified Him with Himself; which really was the glory that had already been predestined for the man called Jesus. When Jesus spoke of that glory it was still in the future, but for almost two thousand years now, it has been a fulfilled reality. NO wonder it says, And let all the angels of God worship Him. Hallelujah! I just want to say, The day will come when that scene in heaven, as it has been for two thousand years, will change. Jesus will step forth from that position and He will no longer be a High Priest interceding. He is going to step forth from that position and He will never return to it. He is going to come to receive a Church which has prepared herself to be His bride. We are going to be brought into His presence. We are going to see Him as our King, as we are made to be lesser kings and priests, to rule and reign on this earth with Him. What a beautiful picture. I had a beginning in Him, because He is the beginning of the creation of God. Listen to what I am saying, because He is the beginning of the new family of God. Adam was the beginning of this old family, but this old family is full of sin. Look at the evil that is on the earth today. Look what the general society of the world has stooped to. It has to be redeemed, whatever part God has determined to use. Yes, Jesus is the beginning, the new Adam, the second Adam, the Lord of glory. When you say the Lord of glory, you have to understand what that speech term means. It is how God, who is the Lord, the Creator, the supreme being, is manifested through the person of His Son to bring this all about, that He might be the firstborn among many brethren. He will never be your father, but he will be your elder brother. Remember what I said earlier, I have people ask me, Where do you get this elder brother idea? What do you call the first born in any family. Elder brother is a term that is always applied to the first born. You can never apply that term to the second one, nor the third or fourth. Since He is the first born among many brethren, in the complete program of God, when the eternal family is done, you will see Him as your elder brother. Because He being the first born, it is through Him and Him alone you have been redeemed and reconciled back to God, your heavenly Father, who created you from the natural laws of regeneration, but He has redeemed you through His Son, who is the beginning of the new creation, which is the redeemed family. He is not only the first born among many brethren, but since He tasted of death for every one of us, He is the first begotten from the dead. This is how we see God, in Christ Jesus, reconciling the world unto Himself.

 

 

We still have a little more of this message. We will be dealing with how the apostles preached and taught the gospel; and how they left the story that we love to tell. It is a beautiful picture. We will finish it in our next issue.